Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant ... · Training centres and employers may...
Transcript of Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant ... · Training centres and employers may...
Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF)
Specification
BTEC specialist qualification First teaching January 2012
Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK's largest awarding body offering academic and vocational qualifications and testing to schools, colleges, employers and other places of learning in the UK and internationally. Qualifications include GCSE, AS and A Level, NVQ and our BTEC suite of vocational qualifications from entry level to BTEC Higher National Diplomas. Edexcel and BTEC qualifications are administered by Pearson Education Ltd.
Through initiatives such as onscreen marking and administration, Edexcel is leading the way in using technology to modernise educational assessment and support teachers and learners.
References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.)
All information in this specification is correct at time of going to publication.
Authorised by Martin Stretton Prepared by John Crew
Publications Code BA030035
All the material in this publication is copyright © Pearson Education Limited 2012
Contents
1 Introducing BTEC Specialist qualifications 1
What are BTEC Specialist qualifications? 1
2 Qualification summary and key information 2
QCF qualification title and Qualification Number 3
Objective of the qualification 3
Apprenticeships 3
Progression opportunities through Edexcel qualifications 4
Industry support and recognition 4
Relationship with National Occupational Standards 4
3 Centre resource requirements 5
General resource requirements 5
Specific resource requirements 5
4 Qualification structure 6
Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) 6
5 Assessment 9
6 Recognising prior learning and achievement 10
Recognition of Prior Learning 10
Credit transfer 10
7 Quality assurance of centres 11
8 Programme delivery 12
9 Access and recruitment 13
10 Access to qualifications for learners with disabilities or specific needs 14
11 Units 15
Unit title 15
Unit reference number 15
QCF level 15
Credit value 15
Guided learning hours 15
Unit aim 15
Learning outcomes 15
Assessment criteria 15
Unit amplification 16
Unit 1: Site Safety and Roles and Responsibilities for Plant Operators 17
Unit 2: Sustainability in the Construction Industry 23
Unit 3: Operating a Forward Tipping Dumper 27
Unit 4: Operating an Excavator 180o – Below 5 Tonnes 30
Unit 5: Operating an Excavator 180o – Above 5 Tonnes 34
Unit 6: Operating a Ride-on Roller 38
Unit 7: Operating an Excavator 360o – Below 10 Tonnes 41
Unit 8: Operating an Excavator 360o – Above 10 Tonnes 45
Unit 9: Operating a Skid Steer Loader 49
Unit 10: Operating a Skip Handler 52
Unit 11: Operating a Dump Truck – Rigid Chassis 56
Unit 12: Operating a Dump Truck – Articulated Chassis 59
Unit 13: Operating a Rough Terrain Forklift 62
Unit 14: Operating a Telescopic Handler 65
Unit 15: Operating a Hoist 69
Unit 16: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Scissor 72
Unit 17: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Boom 75
Unit 18: Operating a Concrete Pump – Trailer Mounted 78
Unit 19: Operating a Grader 81
Unit 20: Operating a Wheeled Loading Shovel 84
Unit 21: Operating a Crawler-Tractor/Dozer 87
Unit 22: Operating a Concrete Pump – Truck-mounted Boom 90
Unit 23: Operating a Tracked Loading Shovel 94
Unit 24: Operating a Motorised Scraper 97
Unit 25: Operating a Crawler-Tractor – Side Boom 100
Unit 26: Operating a Trencher 104
Unit 27: Operating a Crawler Crane 107
Unit 28: Operating a Tower Crane 111
Unit 29: Operating a Lorry Loader 115
Unit 30: Performing Slinger/Signaller Duties 119
Unit 31: Operating a Mobile Crane 123
Unit 32: Operating a Pedestrian Operated Tower Crane 128
Unit 33: Operating a Compact Crane 132
Unit 34: Operating a Crusher 136
Unit 35: Operating a Screener 140
Unit 36: Operating a Dragline 144
Unit 37: Operating a Piling Rig – Tripod 147
Unit 38: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Below 15 Tonnes 150
Unit 39: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Above 15 Tonnes 153
Unit 40: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Below 15 Tonnes 156
Unit 41: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Above 15 Tonnes 159
Unit 42: Operating an Agricultural Tractor 162
Unit 43: Operating an Industrial Forklift Truck 166
Unit 44: Operating a Reach Truck 169
Unit 45: Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer STGO 173
Unit 46: Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer non-STGO 177
Unit 47: Operating a Loader Compressor 181
Unit 48: Operating a Soil/ Landfill Compactor 185
12 Further information and useful publications 188
13 Professional development and training 189
Annexe A 190
Progression opportunities 190
Purpose of this specification
This specification sets out:
the qualification’s objective
any other qualification which a learner must have completed before taking the qualification
any prior knowledge, skills or understanding which the learner is required to have before taking the qualification
units which a learner must have completed before the qualification will be awarded and any optional routes
any other requirements which a learner must have satisfied before the learner will be assessed or before the qualification will be awarded
the knowledge, skills and understanding which will be assessed as part of the qualification (giving a clear indication of their coverage and depth)
the method of any assessment and any associated requirements relating to it
the criteria against which the learner’s level of attainment will be measured (such as assessment criteria)
any specimen materials
any specified levels of attainment.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
1
1 Introducing BTEC Specialist qualifications
What are BTEC Specialist qualifications?
BTEC Specialist qualifications are qualifications from Entry to level 3 on the Qualifications and Credit Framework (QCF). They are work-related qualifications and are available in a range of sectors. They give learners the knowledge, understanding and skills they need to prepare for employment. They also provide career development opportunities for those already in work. These qualifications may be full time or part time courses in schools or colleges. Training centres and employers may also offer these qualifications.
Some BTEC Specialist qualifications are knowledge components in Apprenticeship Frameworks (previously known as ‘Technical Certificates’).
There are three sizes of BTEC Specialist qualification in the QCF:
Award (1 to 12 credits)
Certificate (13 to 36 credits)
Diploma (37 credits and above).
Every unit and qualification in the QCF has a credit value.
The credit value of a unit is based on:
one credit for every 10 hours of learning time
learning time – defined as the time taken by learners at the level of the unit, on average, to complete the learning outcomes to the standard determined by the assessment criteria.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
2
2 Qualification summary and key information
Qualification title Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF)
QCF Qualification Number (QN) 600/4084/1
Qualification framework Qualifications and Credit Framework (QCF)
Date registrations can be made 01/01/2012
Age range that the qualification is approved for
16–18
18+
19+
Credit value 30
Assessment Centre-devised assessment (internal assessment)
Guided learning hours 180
Grading information The qualification and units are at pass grade.
Entry requirements No prior knowledge, understanding, skills or qualifications are required before learners register for this qualification. However, centres must follow the Edexcel Access and Recruitment policy (see Section 9, Access and Recruitment).
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
3
QCF qualification title and Qualification Number
Centres will need to use the QCF Qualification Number (QN) when they seek public funding for their learners. As well as a QN, each unit within a qualification has a QCF unit reference number (URN).
The qualification title, QN and URNs are on learners’ final certification documentation. Learners need to know this information when they are recruited by the centre and registered with Edexcel. Further information about certification is in the Edexcel Information Manual on our website, www.edexcel.com/iwantto/ Pages/info-manual.aspx.
Objective of the qualification
The Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) is for learners who work in, or want to work in, the construction industry.
It gives them the opportunity to:
engage in learning that is relevant to them and which will give them opportunities to develop a range of skills and techniques, personal skills and attributes essential for successful performance in working life
achieve a nationally recognised level 2 vocationally-related qualification
progress to employment in a particular vocational sector
progress to related vocational qualifications.
Apprenticeships
ConstructionSkills approve the Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) as a knowledge component for the Intermediate Apprenticeship in Construction.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
4
Progression opportunities through Edexcel qualifications
Learners who have achieved the Certificate can progress to a range of qualifications, including the Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Award, Extended Certificate and Diploma in Construction and the Built Environment, or to employment in the construction sector. See Annexe A for further information.
Industry support and recognition
This qualification is supported by ConstructionSkills, the SSC for the construction sector.
Relationship with National Occupational Standards
This qualification relates to the National Occupational Standards (NOS) for Plant Operations (Construction). The knowledge covered in all units of the Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF) can be partially mapped against the underpinning knowledge of the National Occupational Standards for Plant Operations (Construction).
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
5
3 Centre resource requirements
As part of the approval process, centres must make sure that the resource requirements below are in place before offering the qualification.
General resource requirements
Centres must have appropriate physical resources (for example equipment, IT, learning materials, teaching rooms) to support the delivery and assessment of the qualification.
Staff involved in the assessment process must have relevant expertise and occupational experience.
There must be systems in place to make sure that there is continuing professional development for staff delivering the qualification.
Centres must have appropriate health and safety policies in place relating to the use of equipment by learners.
Centres must deliver the qualifications in accordance with current equality legislation.
Specific resource requirements
As well as the general requirements above, centres must provide access to appropriate plant and work situations as specified within the individual units in the qualification.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
6
4 Qualification structure
Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate in Construction Plant Operations (QCF)
The learner will need to meet the requirements outlined in the table below before Edexcel can award the qualification.
Minimum number of credits that must be achieved 30
Number of mandatory credits that must be achieved 15
Number of optional credits that must be achieved 15
Unit URN Mandatory units Level Credit GLH
1 L/503/6454 Site Safety and Roles and Responsibilities for Plant Operators
2 10 60
2 L/600/0063 Sustainability in the Construction Industry
2 5 30
Unit URN Optional units Level Credit GLH
3 M/503/6415 Operating a Forward Tipping Dumper
2 5 30
4 F/503/6449 Operating an Excavator 180o – Below 5 Tonnes
2 5 30
5 A/503/6448 Operating an Excavator 180o – Above 5 Tonnes
2 5 30
6 L/503/6423 Operating a Ride-on Roller 2 5 30
7 A/503/6451 Operating an Excavator 360o – Below 10 Tonnes
2 5 30
8 T/503/6450 Operating an Excavator 360o – Above 10 Tonnes
2 5 30
9 D/503/6426 Operating a Skid Steer Loader 2 5 30
10 Y/503/6425 Operating a Skip Handler 2 5 30
11 T/503/6416 Operating a Dump Truck – Rigid Chassis
2 5 30
12 T/503/6433 Operating a Dump Truck – Articulated Chassis
2 5 30
13 L/503/6440 Operating a Rough Terrain Forklift 2 5 30
14 D/503/6443 Operating a Telescopic Handler 2 5 30
15 J/503/6419 Operating a Hoist 2 5 30
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
7
Unit URN Optional units Level Credit GLH
16 F/503/6421 Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Scissor
2 5 30
17 J/503/6436 Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Boom
2 5 30
18 D/503/6412 Operating a Concrete Pump – Trailer Mounted
2 5 30
19 A/503/6434 Operating a Grader 2 5 30
20 K/503/6428 Operating a Wheeled Loading Shovel
2 5 30
21 K/503/6431 Operating a Crawler-Tractor/Dozer
2 5 30
22 Y/503/6411 Operating a Concrete Pump – Truck-mounted Boom
2 5 30
23 H/503/6458 Operating a Tracked Loading Shovel
2 5 30
24 A/503/6420 Operating a Motorised Scraper 2 5 30
25 H/503/6430 Operating a Crawler-Tractor – Side Boom
2 5 30
26 M/503/6446 Operating a Trencher 2 5 30
27 K/503/6414 Operating a Crawler Crane 2 5 30
28 H/503/6427 Operating a Tower Crane 2 10 60
29 F/503/6418 Operating a Lorry Loader 2 5 30
30 J/503/6453 Performing Slinger/Signaller Duties
2 5 30
31 F/503/6435 Operating a Mobile Crane 2 5 30
32 L/503/6437 Operating a Pedestrian Operated Tower Crane
2 5 30
33 M/503/6429 Operating a Compact Crane 2 5 30
34 H/503/6413 Operating a Crusher 2 5 30
35 R/503/6441 Operating a Screener 2 5 30
36 M/503/6432 Operating a Dragline 2 5 30
37 R/503/6455 Operating a Piling Rig – Tripod 2 5 30
38 Y/503/6439 Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Below 15 Tonnes
2 5 30
39 J/503/6422 Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Above 15 Tonnes
2 5 30
40 Y/503/6456 Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Below 15 Tonnes
2 5 30
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
8
Unit URN Optional units Level Credit GLH
41 R/503/6438 Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Above 15 Tonnes
2 5 30
42 T/503/6447 Operating an Agricultural Tractor 2 5 30
43 F/503/6452 Operating an Industrial Forklift Truck
2 5 30
44 R/503/6424 Operating a Reach Truck 2 5 30
45 K/503/6445 Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer STGO
2 5 30
46 H/503/6444 Operating a Transporter Loader/Securer non-STGO
2 5 30
47 A/503/6417 Operating a Loader Compressor 2 5 30
48 Y/503/6442 Operating a Soil/Landfill Compactor
2 5 30
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
9
5 Assessment
Centre-devised assessment is used for all units in this qualification.
Centre-devised assessment (internal assessment)
Each unit has specified learning outcomes and assessment criteria. To pass an internally assessed unit, learners must meet all the assessment criteria. Centres may find it helpful if learners index and reference their evidence to the relevant learning outcomes and assessment criteria.
Centres need to write assignment briefs for learners to show what evidence is required. Assignment briefs should indicate clearly which assessment criteria are being targeted.
Assignment briefs and evidence produced by learners must meet any additional requirements in the Information for tutors section of the unit.
Unless otherwise indicated within Information for tutors, the centre can decide what form assessment evidence will take (eg performance observation, presentations, projects, tests, extended writing) as long as the methods chosen allow learners to produce valid, sufficient and reliable evidence of meeting the assessment criteria.
Centres are encouraged to give learners realistic scenarios and maximise the use of practical activities in delivery and assessment.
To avoid over assessment, opportunities to link the delivery and assessment of units with other units should be taken.
Further guidance about internal assessment is given on our website. See Section 12 for details.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
10
6 Recognising prior learning and achievement
Recognition of Prior Learning
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) is a method of assessment (leading to the award of credit) that considers whether a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment requirements for a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess and so do not need to develop through a course of learning.
Edexcel encourages centres to recognise learners’ previous achievements and experiences in and outside the workplace, as well as in the classroom. RPL provides a route for the recognition of the achievements resulting from continuous learning.
RPL enables recognition of achievement from a range of activities using any valid assessment methodology. If the assessment requirements of a given unit or qualification have been met, the use of RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, units or a whole qualification. Evidence of learning must be sufficient, reliable and valid.
Further guidance is available in the policy document Recognition of Prior Learning Policy, which is available on our website.
Credit transfer
Credit transfer describes the process of using a credit or credits awarded in the context of a different qualification or awarded by a different awarding organisation towards the achievement requirements of another qualification. All awarding organisations recognise the credits awarded by all other awarding organisations that operate within the QCF.
If learners achieve units with other awarding organisations, they do not need to retake any assessment for the same units. The centre must keep evidence of unit achievement.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
11
7 Quality assurance of centres
Quality assurance is at the heart of vocational qualifications. The centre assesses BTEC qualifications. The centre will use quality assurance to make sure that their managers, internal verifiers and assessors are standardised and supported. Edexcel uses quality assurance to check that all centres are working to national standards. It gives us the opportunity to identify and provide support, if needed, to safeguard certification. It also allows us to recognise and support good practice.
For the qualifications in this specification, the Edexcel quality assurance model will follow one of the processes below.
1 Delivery of the qualification as part of a BTEC apprenticeship (single-click registration):
an annual visit by a Standards Verifier to review centre-wide quality assurance systems and sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions.
2 Delivery of the qualification outside the apprenticeship:
an annual visit to the centre by a Centre Quality Reviewer to review centre-wide quality assurance systems
Lead Internal Verifier accreditation. This involves online training and standardisation of Lead Internal Verifiers using our OSCA platform, accessed via Edexcel Online. Please note that not all qualifications will include Lead Internal Verifier accreditation. Where this is the case, we will allocate annually a Standards Verifier to conduct postal sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the Principal Subject Area.
For further details, please go to the UK BTEC Quality Assurance Handbook on our website: www.edexcel.com.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
12
8 Programme delivery
Centres are free to offer the qualifications using any mode of delivery (for example full time, part time, evening only, distance learning) that meets their learners’ needs. Whichever mode of delivery is used, centres must make sure that learners have access to the resources identified in the specification and to the subject specialists delivering the units.
Those planning the programme should aim to enhance the vocational nature of the qualification by:
liaising with employers to make sure a course is relevant to learners’ specific needs
accessing and using non-confidential data and documents from learners’ workplaces
developing up-to-date and relevant teaching materials that make use of scenarios that are relevant to the sector
giving learners the opportunity to apply their learning in practical activities
including sponsoring employers in the delivery of the programme and, where appropriate, in the assessment
making full use of the variety of experience of work and life that learners bring to the programme.
Where legislation is included in unit content, centres must ensure that only current legislation is taught.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
13
9 Access and recruitment
Edexcel’s policy regarding access to our qualifications is that:
they should be available to everyone who is capable of reaching the required standards
they should be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression
there should be equal opportunities for all those wishing to access the qualifications.
Centres are required to recruit learners to BTEC Specialist qualifications with integrity.
Applicants will need relevant information and advice about the qualification to make sure it meets their needs.
Centres should review the applicant’s prior qualifications and/or experience, considering whether this profile shows that they have the potential to achieve the qualification.
For learners with disabilities and specific needs, this review will need to take account of the support available to the learner during teaching and assessment of the qualification. The review must take account of the information and guidance in Section 10, Access to qualifications for learners with disabilities or specific needs.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
14
10 Access to qualifications for learners with disabilities or specific needs
Equality and fairness are central to our work. Edexcel’s Equality Policy requires all learners to have equal opportunity to access our qualifications and assessments and that our qualifications are awarded in a way that is fair to every learner.
We are committed to making sure that:
learners with a protected characteristic (as defined by the Equality Act 2010) are not, when they are undertaking one of our qualifications, disadvantaged in comparison to learners who do not share that characteristic
all learners achieve the recognition they deserve from undertaking a qualification and that this achievement can be compared fairly to the achievement of their peers.
Learners taking a qualification may be assessed in British sign language or Irish sign language where it is permitted for the purpose of reasonable adjustments.
Details on how to make adjustments for learners with protected characteristics are in the policy document Reasonable Adjustment and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications, which is on our website at: www.edexcel.com/ Policies/.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
15
11 Units
Units have the following sections.
Unit title
The unit title is on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).
Unit reference number
Each unit is assigned a unit reference number that appears with the unit title on the Register of Regulated Qualifications.
QCF level
All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them. There are 9 levels of achievement, from Entry to level 8. The QCF Level Descriptors inform the allocation of the level.
Credit value
When a learner achieves a unit, they gain the specified number of credits.
Guided learning hours
Guided learning hours are the times when a tutor, trainer or facilitator is present to give specific guidance towards the learning aim for a programme. This definition covers lectures, tutorials and supervised study in for example open learning centres and learning workshops. It also includes assessment by staff where learners are present. It does not include time spent by staff marking assignments or homework where the learner is not present.
Unit aim
This gives a summary of what the unit aims to do.
Learning outcomes
The learning outcomes of a unit set out what a learner knows, understands or is able to do as the result of a process of learning.
Assessment criteria
The assessment criteria specify the standard required by the learner to achieve the learning outcome.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
16
Unit amplification
This section gives further clarification on what a learner needs to know to achieve a learning outcome. Information in brackets gives exemplification for specific areas of knowledge.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
17
Unit 1: Site Safety and Roles and Responsibilities for Plant Operators
Unit reference number: L/503/6454
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 60
Unit aim
This unit is specifically for plant operators, to help them develop knowledge and understanding of site safety issues and their roles and responsibilities. It also provides an opportunity to develop progressive career pathways.
The unit gives learners an understanding of individual job roles and responsibilities and helps them to examine and plan the typical career development of a plant operator by exploring various career paths and training opportunities.
Significant health and safety improvements are constantly being made in the construction industry. Construction operations are inherently dangerous and so it is essential that learners entering or already working in the construction industry understand health and safety issues and can carry out their work safely. Hazards in construction can come from plant, equipment and substances used, from the actual tasks carried out and from the way people perform these tasks. Appropriate training ensures that operators are competent to use plant and equipment safely.
This unit focuses on health and safety for plant operators. Learners will understand the importance of ensuring good standards of health and safety and will become familiar with important relevant legislation. They will learn how to identify hazards, minimise risks and how to deal with emergencies and accidents should these happen. The emphasis is on legislation and organisational procedures.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
18
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
D
escr
ibe
the
import
ance
of
ow
n
role
as
a pla
nt
oper
ator
□
Ow
n job d
escr
iption
1.2
D
escr
ibe
how
ow
n r
ole
lin
ks t
o
the
wid
er c
onst
ruct
ion s
ecto
r □
Org
anis
atio
n’s
aim
□
Role
of
the
sect
or
□
Aim
s an
d o
bje
ctiv
es o
f th
e co
nst
ruct
ion s
ecto
r
1.3
D
escr
ibe
the
mai
n r
ole
s an
d
resp
onsi
bili
ties
of
repre
senta
tive
bodie
s th
at influen
ce t
he
const
ruct
ion s
ecto
r
□
Tra
de
unio
ns
□
Profe
ssio
nal
bodie
s
□
Hea
lth a
nd S
afet
y Exe
cutive
(H
SE)
1.4
Sta
te e
mplo
yee
rights
and
resp
onsi
bili
ties
under
em
plo
ymen
t la
w
□
Diffe
rence
bet
wee
n r
ights
and r
esponsi
bili
ties
□
Curr
ent
emplo
ymen
t le
gis
lation
1
Know
the
role
s an
d r
esponsi
bili
ties
of
pla
nt
oper
ators
in
the
const
ruct
ion
sect
or
1.5
D
escr
ibe
how
rel
ated
leg
isla
tion
can s
upport
em
plo
yees
in t
he
work
pla
ce
□
Curr
ent
anti-d
iscr
imin
atio
n leg
isla
tion,
eg g
ender
, ra
ce,
relig
ion,
dis
abili
ty,
age
□
Work
ing h
ours
and h
olid
ay e
ntitlem
ent
□
Dat
a pro
tect
ion
□
Oth
er r
elev
ant
exam
ple
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
19
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.6
D
escr
ibe
emplo
yer
resp
onsi
bili
ties
in t
he
work
pla
ce
□
Duty
of
care
to e
mplo
yees
, eg
saf
e an
d h
ealthy
work
pla
ce,
public
lia
bili
ty insu
rance
□
Appro
priat
e tr
ainin
g a
nd d
evel
opm
ent
□
Adher
ence
to t
erm
s of
contr
act
1.7
Id
entify
sourc
es a
nd t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd a
dvi
ce o
n o
wn
emplo
ymen
t rights
and
resp
onsi
bili
ties
□
Hum
an r
esourc
es (
HR)
dep
artm
ent
□
Line
man
ager
□
Tra
de
unio
n r
epre
senta
tive
□
Profe
ssio
nal
body
□
Inte
rnet
□
Tra
de
mag
azin
es a
nd journ
als
2.1
D
escr
ibe
occ
upat
ional
opport
unitie
s w
ithin
the
const
ruct
ion s
ecto
r
□
Progre
ssio
n r
oute
s w
ithin
const
ruct
ion
□
Import
ance
of
continued
pro
fess
ional
dev
elopm
ent
(CPD
);
trai
nin
g o
pport
unitie
s on a
nd o
ff t
he
job;
onlin
e an
d
dis
tance
lea
rnin
g;
skill
s updat
ing/r
enew
al
□
Lice
nse
to p
ract
ice
such
as
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Com
pet
ence
Sch
eme
(CPC
S)
etc
2
Know
tra
inin
g a
nd
care
er
opport
unitie
s fo
r pla
nt
oper
ators
in
the
const
ruct
ion
sect
or
2.2
Id
entify
sourc
es o
f in
form
atio
n
rela
ted t
o a
chose
n c
aree
r pat
hw
ay
□
Line
man
ager
□
Sec
tor
Ski
lls C
ounci
l
□
Profe
ssio
nal
org
anis
atio
ns,
eg C
IOB,
RIC
S,
RIB
A,
ICE,
CIB
SE
□
JobCen
tre
Plus
□
Rel
evan
t w
ebsi
tes
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
20
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
Id
entify
nex
t st
eps
in o
wn c
aree
r pat
hw
ay
□
Cre
ate
a dev
elopm
ent
pla
n
□
Consu
lt r
elat
ed w
ebsi
tes
3.1
Sta
te t
he
legis
lation t
hat
cove
rs
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y on
const
ruct
ion s
ites
□
For
exam
ple
, H
ealth a
nd S
afet
y at
Work
Act
1974 a
nd o
ther
cu
rren
t an
d r
elev
ant
legis
lation a
pplic
able
to t
he
work
ing
envi
ronm
ent
such
as
Provi
sion
and U
se o
f W
ork
Equip
men
t Reg
ula
tions
(PU
WER)
and L
ifting O
per
atio
ns
and L
ifting
Equip
men
t (L
OLE
R)
Reg
ula
tions,
Contr
ol of
Subst
ance
s H
azar
dous
to H
ealth (
CO
SH
H)
3
Know
the
import
ance
of
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y fo
r pla
nt
oper
ators
on c
onst
ruct
ion
site
s
3.2
Id
entify
the
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y re
sponsi
bili
ties
of
indiv
idual
s on
const
ruct
ion s
ites
□
Insp
ection a
nd t
esting
□
Req
uirem
ent
for
oper
ator
com
pet
ence
□
Saf
e sy
stem
s of
work
□
Aw
aren
ess
of
the
requirem
ents
of
oth
er leg
isla
tion,
eg
man
agem
ent
of
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y at
work
reg
ula
tions,
w
ork
pla
ce h
ealth a
nd s
afet
y an
d w
elfa
re r
egula
tions,
per
sonal
and p
rote
ctiv
e eq
uip
men
t at
work
reg
ula
tions,
m
anual
han
dlin
g o
per
atio
ns
regula
tions
□
Sourc
es o
f in
form
atio
n a
nd g
uid
ance
within
an o
rgan
isat
ion
□
Usi
ng e
quip
men
t sa
fely
, eg
mec
han
ical
, el
ectr
ical
, fluid
pow
er e
quip
men
t
□
Lift
ing a
nd c
arry
ing t
echniq
ues
□
House
keep
ing,
eg t
idy
work
spac
e, p
rote
ctin
g o
ther
s fr
om
har
m f
or
exam
ple
as
a re
sult o
f w
ork
bei
ng c
arried
out
by
self o
r oth
ers
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
21
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
4.1
Id
entify
pote
ntial
ris
ks a
nd
haz
ards
on c
onst
ruct
ion s
ites
□
Work
ing e
nvi
ronm
ent,
eg w
ork
ing a
t hei
ght,
ele
ctrici
ty,
confined
spac
es,
hot
work
□
Tools
and e
quip
men
t
□
Mat
eria
ls a
nd s
ubst
ance
s
□
Dan
ger
s of
not
work
ing t
o lai
d d
ow
n p
roce
dure
s
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
pote
ntial
ris
ks a
nd
haz
ards
can b
e re
duce
d o
n
const
ruct
ion s
ites
□
For
exam
ple
, H
ealth a
nd S
afet
y Exe
cutive
(H
SE)
‘5 s
teps
to
risk
ass
essm
ent’ incl
udin
g iden
tify
ing h
azar
ds,
dec
idin
g w
ho
mig
ht
be
at r
isk
of
har
m a
nd h
ow
they
mig
ht
be
har
med
, ev
aluat
ion o
f th
e risk
s an
d c
ontr
ol m
easu
res,
rec
ord
ing o
f findin
gs
and im
ple
men
tation,
revi
ew o
f risk
ass
essm
ent
and
updat
e w
hen
nec
essa
ry
4
Know
pote
ntial
risk
s an
d h
azar
ds
on c
onst
ruct
ion
site
s
4.3
D
escr
ibe
haz
ard w
arnin
g s
igns
and s
ymbols
use
d o
n
const
ruct
ion s
ites
□
Iden
tifica
tion a
nd a
ppro
priat
e posi
tionin
g o
f sa
fety
sig
ns
□
Diffe
rence
bet
wee
n m
andat
ory
, w
arnin
g,
pro
hib
itio
n a
nd
safe
ty a
dvi
sory
sig
ns
5
Know
the
emer
gen
cy a
nd
acci
den
t pro
cedure
s on
const
ruct
ion s
ites
5.1
D
escr
ibe
evac
uat
ion p
roce
dure
s fo
r a
const
ruct
ion s
ite
□
Const
ruct
ion s
ite
inci
den
ts (
acci
den
t/in
jury
, w
ork
haz
ards,
fire
)
□
Iden
tifica
tion o
f ap
pro
priat
e qual
ifie
d p
erso
ns,
eg f
irst
aid
er,
fire
war
den
□
Act
ions
in t
he
even
t of
an a
ccid
ent
or
emer
gen
cy,
eg t
ypes
an
d s
oundin
g/i
nitia
ting e
mer
gen
cy a
larm
, ev
acuat
ion
pro
cedure
and e
scap
e ro
ute
s
□
Rep
ort
ing r
outines
, eg
at
asse
mbly
poin
t, h
azar
ds
and
mal
funct
ions,
inju
ry,
nea
r m
iss
occ
urr
ence
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
22
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
5.2
D
escr
ibe
pro
cedure
s fo
r re
port
ing a
ccid
ents
and inci
den
ts □
Theo
ry o
f fire
trian
gle
□
Cla
sses
of
fire
s
□
Typ
es o
f fire
ext
inguis
her
s
□
Sel
ection o
f ap
pro
priat
e ex
tinguis
her
s fo
r giv
en s
ituat
ions
5.3
Sta
te w
her
e to
obta
in a
ssis
tance
to
dea
l w
ith inju
ries
□
Rep
ort
ing a
ccid
ents
□
Acc
iden
t re
cord
s
□
Org
anis
atio
nal
polic
ies
□
Loca
tion o
f firs
t ai
d e
quip
men
t
□
Acc
iden
t tr
ends
in c
onst
ruct
ion
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
23
Unit 2: Sustainability in the Construction Industry
Unit reference number: L/600/0063
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit develops learners’ understanding of sustainability, explores how sustainability is integrated into construction projects and investigates how sustainability issues can be addressed more effectively in the future.
Global climate change and consequent potential changes mean that sustainability is important to the modern construction and built environment. It is becoming increasingly difficult to resource the materials needed for construction and, therefore, we must reduce the waste and pollution generated by the construction industry. The expectation is that any developments in the industry will now take place with minimal harm to the natural environment. The construction and built environment sector must learn to create a balance between the need for development of the built environment and the need to protect the natural environment. This can be achieved only by having underpinning knowledge and skills in planning, design, production and maintenance stages of the construction process.
This unit provides learners with an opportunity to explore the concept of sustainable construction and how this relates to the current and future impact of the built environment upon the natural environment. Learners will explore issues such as minimisation of waste, pollution control, careful use of resources, preservation of wildlife, flora and fauna and protection of biodiversity.
The unit encourages learners to investigate how sustainable design and construction techniques can be used to address environmental issues. This will include the specification of products, materials and services that do minimal harm to the environment in terms of their manufacture, transport and incorporation into the built environment, and the use of environmentally friendly designs, locally sourced materials, improved management techniques and alternative energy technology. On completion of this unit, learners should be able to use the knowledge and understanding gained to support a sustainable approach to construction in the built environment.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
24
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
what
is
mea
nt
by
sust
ainab
ility
□
The
mea
nin
g o
f su
stai
nab
ility
in s
oci
al,
phys
ical
, ec
onom
ic
and g
ener
al t
erm
s 1
Under
stan
d t
he
conce
pt
of
sust
ainab
ility
as
it
applie
s to
the
const
ruct
ion a
nd
built
envi
ronm
ent
sect
or
1.2
Eva
luat
e th
e re
leva
nce
of
sust
ainab
ility
to t
he
const
ruct
ion
and b
uilt
envi
ronm
ent
sect
or
□
Finite
reso
urc
es;
glo
bal
war
min
g;
mel
ting ice
caps;
ris
ing
sea
leve
ls;
clim
ate
chan
ge;
flo
odin
g;
short
ages
; ex
tinct
ion
of
spec
ies
□
Pote
ntial
conse
quen
ces
of
a re
duct
ion in b
iodiv
ersi
ty
□
Nee
ds
of
futu
re g
ener
atio
ns
□
Loca
l an
d g
lobal
conte
xt
□
Inte
r-re
lationsh
ips,
eg im
pac
t on c
onst
ruct
ion d
esig
n a
nd
pla
nnin
g
2
Know
the
issu
es
affe
ctin
g t
he
dev
elopm
ent
of
a su
stai
nab
le b
uilt
en
viro
nm
ent
2.1
Id
entify
the
issu
es a
ssoci
ated
w
ith t
he
pro
visi
on o
f a
sust
ainab
le b
uilt
envi
ronm
ent
□
Nat
ure
of
the
built
envi
ronm
ent
(sig
nific
ant
feat
ure
s,
exis
ting a
nd f
utu
re)
□
Impac
t of
the
built
envi
ronm
ent
on t
he
nat
ura
l en
viro
nm
ent
eg loca
l, n
atio
nal
, ex
isting,
futu
re
□
Duty
of
the
const
ruct
ion indust
ry t
o p
rese
nt
and f
utu
re
gen
erat
ions,
eg s
afeg
uar
d,
mai
nta
in,
impro
ve a
nd e
xpan
d
the
built
envi
ronm
ent
without
har
min
g t
he
nat
ura
l en
viro
nm
ent
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
25
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.2
D
escr
ibe
the
issu
es a
ssoci
ated
w
ith t
he
pro
visi
on o
f a
sust
ainab
le b
uilt
envi
ronm
ent
□
Mee
ting loca
l an
d n
atio
nal
nee
ds
□
Impro
ved b
usi
nes
s an
d e
mplo
ymen
t opport
unitie
s
□
Ski
lls d
evel
opm
ent
□
Posi
tive
eco
nom
ic im
pac
t, e
g c
ontr
ibution t
o g
ross
dom
estic
pro
duct
(G
DP)
, finan
cial
ret
urn
on d
evel
opm
ent,
incr
ease
d
pro
sper
ity
□
Neg
ativ
e so
cial
im
pac
t, e
g o
ver
dev
elopm
ent,
pollu
tion
3.1
Id
entify
the
ben
efits
of
usi
ng
sust
ainab
le c
onst
ruct
ion,
in b
oth
lo
cal an
d n
atio
nal
ter
ms
□
Em
plo
ymen
t; s
oci
al b
enef
its;
gre
en s
pac
es;
aest
het
ics;
co
mm
unity
consu
ltat
ion;
loca
l in
volv
emen
t; im
pro
ved
envi
ronm
ents
; re
gen
erat
ion
3
Know
how
su
stai
nab
ility
can
ben
efit t
he
built
en
viro
nm
ent
both
lo
cally
and
nat
ional
ly
3.2
D
escr
ibe
the
ben
efits
of
usi
ng
sust
ainab
le c
onst
ruct
ion,
in b
oth
lo
cal an
d n
atio
nal
ter
ms
□
Cle
aner
air;
reduct
ion in f
loodin
g;
educa
tion;
conse
rvat
ion
of
reso
urc
es;
econom
ic w
ellb
eing;
envi
ronm
enta
l pro
tect
ion;
bet
ter
qual
ity
stan
dar
ds;
chan
ge
in e
duca
tion;
gove
rnm
ent
ben
efits;
tourism
4
Know
how
su
stai
nab
le d
esig
n
and c
onst
ruct
ion
tech
niq
ues
are
use
d t
o a
ddre
ss
envi
ronm
enta
l is
sues
4.1
Id
entify
the
sust
ainab
le d
esig
n
and c
onst
ruct
ion t
echniq
ues
use
d t
o m
inim
ise
envi
ronm
enta
l im
pac
t
□
Sta
ges
of
the
dev
elopm
ent
pro
cess
(pla
nnin
g,
des
ign,
const
ruct
ion)
□
Fact
ors
influen
cing t
hes
e st
ages
(phys
ical
, te
chnic
al,
finan
cial
, le
gal
and a
esth
etic
)
□
Impac
t on t
he
nat
ura
l en
viro
nm
ent
at e
ach s
tage
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
26
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
4.2
D
escr
ibe
the
sust
ainab
le d
esig
n
and c
onst
ruct
ion t
echniq
ues
use
d t
o m
inim
ise
envi
ronm
enta
l im
pac
t
□
Res
pec
ting t
he
nat
ura
l en
viro
nm
ent:
ove
rall
aim
s an
d
obje
ctiv
es;
min
imis
atio
n o
f w
aste
; re
duct
ion o
f pollu
tion;
contr
ol of
rate
of
consu
mption o
f va
luab
le r
esourc
es;
conse
rvat
ion o
f nat
ura
l as
sets
; pre
serv
atio
n o
f w
ildlif
e, f
lora
an
d f
auna;
pro
tect
ion o
f bio
div
ersi
ty
□
Tec
hniq
ues
, eg
envi
ronm
enta
lly f
rien
dly
des
ign,
spec
ific
atio
n o
f lo
cally
sourc
ed m
ater
ials
, im
pro
ved s
ite
man
agem
ent,
im
pro
ved r
esourc
e m
anag
emen
t, im
pro
ved
was
te m
anag
emen
t, r
ecla
mat
ion a
nd r
ecyc
ling,
alte
rnat
ive
ener
gy
tech
nolo
gy
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
27
Unit 3: Operating a Forward Tipping Dumper
Unit reference number: M/503/6415
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating forward tipping dumpers to transport and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Dump trucks are used to move loose earth and other material within or outside a construction site. There are a number of types of these trucks to suit different needs of the site work. Forward tipping dump trucks are used for off-road transportation, usually within a construction site. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a forward tipping dump truck. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to load, transport and discharge and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of loading requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in receiving, transporting and discharging the load into an excavation. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
28
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and h
ighw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
stee
p incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
– load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es w
hils
t ca
rryi
ng load
s
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Pro
cedure
s en
suring t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
tippin
g a
nd
load
ing a
rea
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a fo
rwar
d
tippin
g d
um
per
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
posi
tionin
g a
nd r
ecei
ving load
s
□
Com
plia
nce
with load
ing p
roce
dure
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
ensu
ring load
inte
grity
and s
ecurity
□
Act
ions
required
for
tran
sfer
ring load
s to
diffe
rent
loca
tions
□
Act
ions
required
for
dis
char
gin
g load
s in
to t
rench
es a
nd
ove
r ed
ges
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
and t
idy
work
ing a
reas
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
29
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng (
in a
load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
sta
te)
ove
r ro
ugh
terr
ain,
up a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
sto
p a
nd s
tart
on t
he
slope
in
both
up a
nd d
ow
n d
irec
tions
□
Pas
sing t
hro
ugh a
chic
ane
exec
uting f
ull
right-
and lef
t-han
d t
urn
s in
a f
orw
ard a
nd r
ever
se d
irec
tion (
unlo
aded
only
)
□
Rev
ersi
ng (
load
ed o
nly
) in
a s
trai
ght
line
for
a sp
ecifie
d
dis
tance
and p
ass
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e ru
n
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Ensu
ring t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
tippin
g a
nd load
ing a
rea
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
dum
per
for
load
ing
□
Rec
eivi
ng a
load
□
Dis
char
gin
g t
he
load
into
an e
dge
or
exca
vation
□
Cle
anin
g o
ut
the
skip
fully
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a fo
rwar
d t
ippin
g
dum
per
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – December 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
30
Unit 4: Operating an Excavator 180o – Below 5 Tonnes
Unit reference number: F/503/6449
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating 180o excavators to excavate ground in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 180o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over an undercarriage. 180o excavators come in two categories: above and below 5 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 180o – below 5 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
31
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and/o
r hig
hw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
an
exca
vato
r 180
o –
bel
ow
5 t
onnes
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
exca
vating d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
exca
vations
in v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing m
ater
ials
into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round
and m
ater
ials
□
Act
ions
required
for
atta
chin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng b
uck
ets
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting,
mov
ing a
nd p
laci
ng b
asic
slu
ng
load
s w
ith t
he
rear
boom
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
32
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng u
p a
nd d
ow
n s
lopes
, pas
sing t
hro
ugh r
estr
ictions
in f
orw
ard a
nd r
ever
se a
nd t
rave
lling o
ver
rough t
erra
in
□
Man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es a
nd a
round o
bst
acle
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
an e
xcav
ator
180
o
– b
elow
5 t
onnes
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Oper
atin
g e
xcav
ator
nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
33
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Dig
gin
g t
wo s
trai
ght
tren
ches
to f
orm
a ‘T’ pat
tern
with
squar
e st
arts
and f
inis
hes
□
Load
ing m
ater
ials
saf
ely
and s
ecure
ly into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les/
rece
pta
cles
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
(bac
khoe)
buck
et
□
Lift
ing a
nd r
ota
ting a
load
and,
on c
om
ple
tion,
landin
g t
he
load
at
a giv
en p
oin
t an
d d
etac
hin
g
□
Gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Rei
nst
atin
g t
he
work
are
a as
req
uired
by
the
contr
act
□
par
king t
he
exca
vato
r
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
34
Unit 5: Operating an Excavator 180o – Above 5 Tonnes
Unit reference number: A/503/6448
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating 180o excavators to excavate ground in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 180o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over an undercarriage. 180o excavators come in two categories: above and below 5 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 180o – above 5 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
35
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and/o
r hig
hw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
an
exca
vato
r 180
o –
ab
ove
5 t
onnes
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
exca
vating d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
exca
vations
in v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing m
ater
ials
into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round
and m
ater
ials
□
Act
ions
required
for
atta
chin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng b
uck
ets
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting,
mov
ing a
nd p
laci
ng b
asic
slu
ng
load
s w
ith t
he
rear
boom
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
36
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
stee
p incl
ines
and
leve
l su
rfac
es
□
Man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es a
nd a
round o
bst
acle
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
an e
xcav
ator
180
o
– a
bove
5 t
onnes
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Oper
atin
g e
xcav
ator
nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
37
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Dig
gin
g f
our
vert
ical
tre
nch
es o
f eq
ual
len
gth
at
right
angle
s to
form
a s
quar
e
□
Load
ing m
ater
ials
saf
ely
and s
ecure
ly into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les/
rece
pta
cles
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
buck
et
□
Lift
ing a
nd r
ota
ting a
load
and,
on c
om
ple
tion,
landin
g t
he
load
at
a giv
en p
oin
t an
d d
etac
hin
g
□
Gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Rei
nst
atin
g t
he
work
are
a as
req
uired
by
the
contr
act
□
Park
ing t
he
exca
vato
r
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
38
Unit 6: Operating a Ride-on Roller
Unit reference number: L/503/6423
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating ride-on rollers to compact materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Compacting soil is an important operation in construction and civil engineering projects. Ride-on rollers are used to carry out compaction operations. They are similar to the rollers used in landfill compaction or agricultural tasks and consist of steel drums which act as wheels and are able to compact large areas. They can also be a combination of drum wheels and tyre wheels. The drum can be static or vibratory. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a ride-on roller. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirement to compact loose granular materials to specification, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a ride-on roller and will be able to demonstrate competence in compacting straight runs and a radius. The emphasis is on compliance with manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices, and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
39
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
site
tra
vel
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
com
pac
ting d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a ride-
on
rolle
r
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
com
pac
ting loose
gra
nula
r m
ater
ials
to
spec
ific
atio
n
□
Act
ions
required
for
com
pac
ting in s
trai
ght
lines
and a
round
radii
□
Prin
ciple
s, r
equirem
ents
and t
echniq
ues
for
com
pac
ting
support
ed a
nd u
nsu
pport
ed e
dges
□
Prin
ciple
s, r
equirem
ents
and t
echniq
ues
of
good c
om
pac
tion
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
40
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
site
tra
vel
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion
(in f
orw
ard a
nd r
ever
se),
drivi
ng u
p a
nd d
ow
n a
gra
die
nt
and d
rivi
ng o
n u
nev
en g
round
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
com
pac
ting d
uties
□
Oper
atin
g r
olle
r nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Com
pac
ting s
trai
ght
run(s
) to
spec
ific
atio
n
□
Com
pac
ting a
rad
ius
to s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Park
ing t
he
ride-
on r
olle
r
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a ride-
on r
olle
r
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
41
Unit 7: Operating an Excavator 360o – Below 10 Tonnes
Unit reference number: A/503/6451
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating 360o excavators to excavate ground in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 360o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over a rotating platform and an undercarriage which can be on tracks or tyres, though track versions are more common. 360o excavators come in two categories: above and below 10 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 360o – below 10 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
42
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and/o
r hig
hw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
an
exca
vato
r 360
o –
bel
ow
10 t
onnes
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
exca
vating d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
exca
vations
in v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing m
ater
ials
into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round
and m
ater
ials
□
Act
ions
required
for
atta
chin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng b
uck
ets
and
dip
per
mounte
d a
ttac
hm
ents
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting,
mov
ing a
nd p
laci
ng b
asic
slu
ng
load
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
43
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
in
clin
es a
nd lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es a
nd a
round o
bst
acle
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
an e
xcav
ator
360
o
– b
elow
10 t
onnes
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Oper
atin
g e
xcav
ator
nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
44
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Dig
gin
g a
tre
nch
to a
giv
en d
epth
and t
ole
rance
□
Dig
gin
g t
wo s
trai
ght
tren
ches
to f
orm
a ‘T’ pat
tern
with
vert
ical
sid
es a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e dug t
rench
□
Load
ing m
ater
ials
saf
ely
and s
ecure
ly into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les/
rece
pta
cles
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
buck
et
□
Lift
ing a
nd r
ota
ting a
load
and,
on c
om
ple
tion,
landin
g t
he
load
at
a giv
en p
oin
t an
d d
etac
hin
g
□
Gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Rei
nst
atin
g t
he
work
are
a as
req
uired
by
the
contr
act
□
Park
ing t
he
exca
vato
r
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
45
Unit 8: Operating an Excavator 360o – Above 10 Tonnes
Unit reference number: T/503/6450
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating 360o excavators to excavate ground in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Excavators are commonly used for all works where digging and transportation are required, such as civil engineering works and mining operations. A 360o excavator comprises a boom or arm and a cabin fixed over a rotating platform and an undercarriage which can be on tracks or tyres, though track versions are more common. 360o excavators come in two categories: above and below 10 tonnes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an excavator 360o – above 10 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, lifting and rotating loads and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles, as well as grading, levelling and spreading operations. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
46
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and/o
r hig
hw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
an
exca
vato
r 360
o –
ab
ove
10 t
onnes
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
exca
vating d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
exca
vations
in v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing m
ater
ials
into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round
and m
ater
ials
□
Act
ions
required
for
atta
chin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng b
uck
ets
and
dip
per
mounte
d a
ttac
hm
ents
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting,
mov
ing a
nd p
laci
ng b
asic
slu
ng
load
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
47
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
in
clin
es a
nd lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es a
nd a
round o
bst
acle
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
an e
xcav
ator
360
o
– a
bove
10 t
onnes
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Oper
atin
g e
xcav
ator
nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
48
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Dig
gin
g a
ver
tica
l tr
ench
to s
pec
ifie
d d
imen
sions
□
Dig
gin
g a
squar
e ex
cava
tion w
ith v
ertica
l si
des
at
the
end
of
a tr
ench
□
Load
ing m
ater
ials
saf
ely
and s
ecure
ly into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les/
rece
pta
cles
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
buck
et
□
Lift
ing a
nd r
ota
ting a
load
and,
on c
om
ple
tion,
landin
g t
he
load
at
a giv
en p
oin
t an
d d
etac
hin
g
□
Gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Rei
nst
atin
g t
he
work
are
a as
req
uired
by
the
contr
act
□
Park
ing t
he
exca
vato
r
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
49
Unit 9: Operating a Skid Steer Loader
Unit reference number: D/503/6426
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating skid steer loaders to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
As the name suggests, a skid steer loader is used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. This small machine can perform a number of labour-saving tasks. The wheels are designed to be independent of each other, meaning that skid steer loaders can move through zero radius, which makes them highly desirable in restricted spaces. This plant plays an important part in moving materials within and outside construction sites, and operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a skid steer loader. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a skid steer loader and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile as well as in creating an upward ramp. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
50
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
(lo
aded
and
unlo
aded
)
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
trac
tion a
nd
load
ing d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a sk
id
stee
r lo
ader
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
extr
acting d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
mat
eria
ls
from
sto
ckpile
s an
d o
ther
sourc
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
form
ing s
tock
pile
s of
segre
gat
ed
mat
eria
ls a
nd c
onst
ruct
ing (
tem
pora
ry)
ram
ps
□
Act
ions
required
for
sort
ing a
nd p
laci
ng m
ater
ials
into
tr
ansp
ort
ing v
ehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
bac
kfill
ing a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd
mat
eria
ls
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
51
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Tra
velli
ng a
nd m
anoeu
vrin
g in a
load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
sta
te,
up a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
sto
ppin
g a
nd s
tart
ing o
n t
he
slope
in
up a
nd d
ow
n d
irec
tions,
tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough t
erra
in,
reve
rsin
g (
load
ed s
tate
only
) in
a s
trai
ght
line
and p
assi
ng
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e ru
n
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
skid
ste
er load
er f
or
rele
vant
work
act
ivitie
s
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a sk
id s
teer
load
er
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Cre
atin
g a
n u
pw
ard r
amp
□
Load
ing m
ater
ial in
to a
veh
icle
□
Bac
kfill
ing a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Cle
anin
g a
nd t
idyi
ng t
he
work
are
a
□
Park
ing t
he
skid
ste
er load
er
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
52
Unit 10: Operating a Skip Handler
Unit reference number: Y/503/6425
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating skip handlers to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
As the name suggests, skip handlers are used to move and transfer loads to desired locations. This plant plays an important part in moving materials within and outside construction sites, and operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a skip handler. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a skip handler and will be able to demonstrate competence in moving, carrying and unloading a skip to a given location. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
53
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te a
nd h
ighw
ay
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
, lo
aded
and u
nlo
aded
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es w
hils
t ca
rryi
ng load
s
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a sk
ip
han
dle
r
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r en
suring t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
tippin
g a
nd
load
ing a
rea
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
54
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
vehic
le f
or
pic
king u
p a
nd p
laci
ng
skip
(s)/
conta
iner
(s),
incl
udin
g a
reas
hav
ing h
eight
rest
rict
ions
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r re
trie
ving a
nd p
laci
ng s
kips
or
conta
iner
s of
various
size
s an
d w
eights
□
Act
ions
required
for
dep
osi
ting load
s fr
om
a s
kip o
r co
nta
iner
□
Tra
nsf
erring load
s to
diffe
rent
loca
tions
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r en
suring load
inte
grity
and s
ecurity
during
trav
el
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Road
Tra
ffic
Act
req
uirem
ents
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Prep
arin
g t
he
vehic
le a
nd s
kip h
andle
r fo
r ro
ad t
rave
l (l
oad
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
)
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a (l
oad
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
) ove
r unev
en t
erra
in a
nd u
nder
take
lef
t- a
nd r
ight-
han
d t
urn
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a Ski
p H
andle
r
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
skip
han
dle
r an
d
load
ing f
or
each
lift
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
55
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Pick
ing u
p a
n e
mpty
ski
p o
r body
and c
arry
ing o
ut
activi
ty;
afte
r co
mple
ting,
dep
osi
ting t
he
skip
/body
at a
diffe
rent
loca
tion
□
Pic
king u
p a
fully
-load
ed s
kip/b
ody,
sec
uring in p
repar
atio
n
for
road
tra
vel an
d c
arry
ing o
ut
activi
ty;
afte
r co
mple
ting,
tippin
g a
load
fro
m t
he
skip
/body
at a
giv
en p
osi
tion
□
Plac
ing a
ski
p/b
ody
within
a r
estr
icte
d s
pac
e
□
Ret
riev
ing a
load
ed s
kip o
r body
from
a r
estr
icte
d
hea
dro
om
loca
tion
□
Sto
win
g a
ll eq
uip
men
t an
d r
eturn
ing t
he
vehic
le t
o t
he
par
k posi
tion
□
Park
ing t
he
vehic
le
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
56
Unit 11: Operating a Dump Truck – Rigid Chassis
Unit reference number: T/503/6416
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating dump trucks with a rigid chassis to transport and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Dump trucks are used to move loose earth and other material within or outside construction sites. There are number of types of these trucks to suit different needs of the site work. Dump trucks with rigid chassis have better manoeuvrability capabilities than other types. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a dump truck with rigid chassis. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to load, transport and discharge and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of loading requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in receiving, transporting and discharging the load into an excavation. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
57
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and h
ighw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
stee
p incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
– load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es w
hils
t ca
rryi
ng load
s
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Pro
cedure
s en
suring t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
tippin
g a
nd
load
ing a
rea
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a dum
p
truck
– r
igid
ch
assi
s
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
posi
tionin
g a
nd r
ecei
ving load
s
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith load
ing p
roce
dure
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
ensu
ring load
inte
grity
and s
ecurity
□
Act
ions
required
for
tran
sfer
ring load
s to
diffe
rent
loca
tions
□
Act
ions
required
for
dis
char
gin
g load
s in
to t
rench
es a
nd
ove
r ed
ges
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
and t
idy
work
ing a
reas
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
58
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng o
ver
a gra
die
nt,
rough t
erra
in a
nd a
round
obst
acle
s (l
oad
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
), s
toppin
g o
n t
he
slope
in
the
dow
nw
ards
direc
tion a
nd r
ever
sing b
ackw
ards
up t
he
slope
for
a m
inim
um
of
5 m
etre
s
□
Drivi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion (
not
chic
ane)
– u
nlo
aded
only
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Ensu
ring t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
tippin
g a
nd load
ing a
rea
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
dum
p t
ruck
for
load
ing
□
Rec
eivi
ng a
load
□
Dis
char
gin
g t
he
load
into
the
edge
or
exca
vation
□
Cle
anin
g o
ut
the
skip
fully
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a dum
p t
ruck
–
rigid
chas
sis
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
59
Unit 12: Operating a Dump Truck – Articulated Chassis
Unit reference number: T/503/6433
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating dump trucks with articulated chassis to transport and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Dump trucks are used to move loose earth and other material within or outside construction sites. There are number of types of these trucks to suit different needs of the site work. Dump trucks with articulated chassis are used for off-road transportation, usually within a construction site. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a dump truck with articulated chassis. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to load, transport and discharge and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of loading requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in receiving, transporting and discharging the load into an excavation. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
60
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and h
ighw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
stee
p incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
– load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es w
hils
t ca
rryi
ng load
s
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Pro
cedure
s en
suring t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
tippin
g a
nd
load
ing a
rea
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a dum
p
truck
– a
rtic
ula
ted
chas
sis
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
posi
tionin
g a
nd r
ecei
ving load
s
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith load
ing p
roce
dure
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
ensu
ring load
inte
grity
and s
ecurity
□
Act
ions
required
for
tran
sfer
ring load
s to
diffe
rent
loca
tions
□
Act
ions
required
for
dis
char
gin
g load
s in
to t
rench
es a
nd
ove
r ed
ges
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
and t
idy
work
ing a
reas
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
61
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng o
ver
a gra
die
nt,
rough t
erra
in a
nd a
round
obst
acle
s (l
oad
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
), s
toppin
g o
n t
he
slope
in
the
dow
nw
ards
direc
tion a
nd r
ever
sing b
ackw
ards
up t
he
slope
for
a m
inim
um
of
5 m
etre
s
□
Drivi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion (
not
chic
ane)
– u
nlo
aded
only
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Ensu
ring t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
tippin
g a
nd load
ing a
rea
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
dum
p t
ruck
for
load
ing
□
Rec
eivi
ng a
load
□
Dis
char
gin
g t
he
load
into
the
edge
or
exca
vation
□
Cle
anin
g o
ut
the
skip
fully
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a dum
p t
ruck
–
articu
late
d c
has
sis
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
62
Unit 13: Operating a Rough Terrain Forklift
Unit reference number: L/503/6440
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating rough terrain masted forklifts to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
As the name suggests, a forklift consists of two forks to lift and place loads into position. It is a mobile machine and can access hard-to-reach areas. Forklifts generally fall into two categories: industrial and rough terrain. Rough terrain forklifts, as the name implies, are designed to run on rough, unpaved surfaces. They are commonly used on construction sites. These forklifts can have a vertical tower or a telescopic boom. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a rough terrain forklift. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to lift and move loads and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a rough terrain forklift and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting and placing various loads. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
63
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
(w
ith a
nd w
ithout
load
s)
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es (
with
and w
ithout
load
s)
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
lifting a
nd t
ransf
erring d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting a
nd r
emovi
ng v
ario
us
load
s, u
p
to t
he
full
work
ing h
eight
of
the
fork
lift
□
Act
ions
required
for
tran
sfer
ring a
nd p
laci
ng load
s ac
cura
tely
at
giv
en loca
tions
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing a
nd r
emovi
ng load
s fr
om
a
vehic
le
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
and t
idy
work
ing a
reas
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a ro
ugh
terr
ain f
ork
lift
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
64
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling in a
n u
nlo
aded
sta
te a
nd w
ith load
pas
sing t
hro
ugh a
chic
ane,
exe
cuting f
ull
right-
and lef
t-han
d t
urn
s in
forw
ard a
nd r
ever
se d
irec
tion
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling w
ith load
, re
vers
ing in a
str
aight
line
and p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e ru
n
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
each
lifting a
nd t
ransf
erring
duty
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
onto
a load
ing-o
ut
tow
er a
nd
movi
ng f
ork
lift
away
; re
trie
ving t
he
load
, lo
wer
ing t
o
gro
und lev
el a
nd p
laci
ng a
t a
giv
en p
oin
t
□
Lift
ing a
nd p
laci
ng 3
load
s onto
a t
ruck
bed
; af
ter
com
ple
ting,
rem
ovi
ng a
ll lo
ads
from
the
truck
bed
□
Sta
ckin
g 3
load
s ve
rtic
ally
on t
op o
f one
anoth
er;
afte
r co
mple
ting,
de-
stac
king a
ll of
the
load
s an
d p
laci
ng
alongsi
de
each
oth
er in a
str
aight
line
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
under
cutt
ing w
hen
lifting a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
□
Pla
cing a
ll lo
ads
on t
he
gro
und
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a ro
ugh t
erra
in
fork
lift
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
65
Unit 14: Operating a Telescopic Handler
Unit reference number: D/503/6443
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating telescopic handlers to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A telescopic handler or tele-handler is a versatile machine which can perform the tasks of a forklift as well as those of a crane. Various attachments can be fixed to its telescopic boom to move different types of materials, such as pellet loads and buckets. It can lift materials to a desired height as well as transporting them from one place to another. The plant is used both in construction and in agriculture. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a telescopic handler. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to lift and move loads, travel and manoeuvre through restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a telescopic handler and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting and placing various loads. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
66
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and h
ighw
ay –
w
her
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es (
with
and w
ithout
load
s)
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
lifting a
nd t
ransf
erring d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a te
lesc
opic
han
dle
r
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting a
nd r
emovi
ng v
ario
us
load
s, u
p
to f
ull
exte
nsi
on a
nd w
ork
ing h
eight
of
the
tele
scopic
han
dle
r
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing a
nd r
emovi
ng load
s fr
om
a
vehic
le
□
Act
ions
required
for
atta
chin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng b
uck
ets
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
and t
idy
work
ing a
reas
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
67
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and h
ighw
ay –
w
her
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling in a
n u
nlo
aded
sta
te a
nd w
ith
load
, up a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
ove
r ro
ugh t
erra
in,
pas
sing
thro
ugh a
chic
ane,
exe
cuting f
ull
right-
and lef
t-han
d t
urn
s in
forw
ard a
nd r
ever
se d
irec
tion;
stoppin
g a
nd r
esta
rtin
g o
n
the
slope
whils
t lo
aded
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling w
ith load
, re
vers
ing in a
str
aight
line
and p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a te
lesc
opic
han
dle
r
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
tele
-han
dle
r fo
r ea
ch lift
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
68
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
onto
the
load
ing t
ow
er a
nd
movi
ng t
he
tele
-han
dle
r aw
ay;
retr
ievi
ng t
he
load
, lo
wer
ing
to g
round lev
el a
nd p
laci
ng a
t a
giv
en p
oin
t
□
Lift
ing a
nd p
laci
ng 3
load
s onto
a t
ruck
bed
; af
ter
com
ple
ting,
rem
ovi
ng a
ll lo
ads
from
the
truck
bed
□
Sta
ckin
g 3
load
s ve
rtic
ally
on t
op o
f one
anoth
er;
afte
r co
mple
ting,
de-
stac
king a
ll of
the
load
s an
d p
laci
ng
alongsi
de
each
oth
er in a
str
aight
line
□
Lift
ing a
load
and p
laci
ng a
t gro
und lev
el a
t an
indic
ated
poin
t usi
ng e
ither
a f
ull
reac
h (
horizo
nta
l) o
f th
e te
le-
han
dle
r or
240 d
egre
es f
rom
the
pic
k up p
oin
t usi
ng f
ull
reac
h (
horizo
nta
l) o
f th
e te
le-h
andle
r
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
under
cutt
ing w
hen
lifting a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
□
Pla
cing a
ll lo
ads
on t
he
gro
und
□
Configuring t
he
tele
-han
dle
r fo
r ro
ad t
rave
l
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
69
Unit 15: Operating a Hoist
Unit reference number: J/503/6419
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating hoists to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Hoists are used to lift or lower a load. The lifting or lowering of loads is achieved by means of ropes, chains and pulleys. Lifting and lowering loads is an important operation across a range of industrial sectors such as construction and logistics.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a hoist. This includes identifying components and understanding capacity and stability issues, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will become familiar with the checks required for emergency lowering. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a hoist and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading and travelling the platform to a given location, as well as travelling in an unloaded state. The emphasis is on compliance with signals, the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
70
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Sta
bili
ty,
alig
nm
ent
and s
afet
y ch
ecks
□
Chec
king g
ates
and s
afet
y dev
ices
funct
ion a
ccord
ing t
o
spec
ific
atio
n
□
Chec
king c
apac
ity
of
the
hois
t to
acc
om
modat
e ex
pec
ted
load
s an
d/o
r pas
senger
s
□
Pre-
use
, ru
nnin
g a
nd o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
□
Chec
king e
mer
gen
cy low
erin
g f
unct
ions
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Plac
ing,
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g m
ater
ials
on a
nd o
ff t
he
hois
t pla
tform
usi
ng m
anual
han
dlin
g t
echniq
ues
□
Prep
arin
g t
he
hois
t fo
r th
e re
quired
load
(s)
and/o
r pas
senger
s
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Oper
atin
g t
he
hois
t to
the
limits
of
oper
atio
n,
both
load
ed
and u
nlo
aded
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Saf
ely
oper
atin
g h
ois
t w
ithin
work
ing lim
itat
ions
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a hois
t
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Pla
cing t
he
hois
t in
an o
ut-
of-
serv
ice
conditio
n,
isola
tion
and s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
71
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
□
Pre
par
ing a
n e
xclu
sion z
one
in t
he
rele
vant
area
□
Agre
eing t
he
signal
cod
es w
ith t
he
signal
ler
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
the
emer
gen
cy low
erin
g p
roce
dure
(pas
senger
ty
pe
only
)
2.2
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
lifting d
uties
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.3
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Tra
velli
ng t
he
pla
tform
unlo
aded
to t
he
full
limits
of
oper
atio
n
□
Pla
cing t
he
load
within
the
pla
tform
□
Tra
velli
ng t
he
pla
tform
to a
giv
en lev
el a
nd r
emovi
ng t
he
load
□
Pla
cing t
he
load
within
the
pla
tform
and t
rave
lling t
o a
diffe
rent
leve
l
□
Tra
velli
ng t
he
pla
tform
to a
n o
ut-
of-
serv
ice
leve
l an
d
rem
ovi
ng t
he
load
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a hois
t
2.4
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Pla
cing t
he
hois
t out-
of-
serv
ice,
iso
lation a
nd s
ecuring
pro
cedure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
72
Unit 16: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Scissor
Unit reference number: F/503/6421
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required for preparing and operating scissor-type mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) for accessing operations in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) are used to carry out work at height. They are used across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, logistics and shipyards. The scissor-type MEWP is suitable if a single worker is to be raised along with materials to the desired working height. It provides a safe working platform with guardrails from which to work. It can be self-propelled and comes in a variety of sizes.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a scissor-type mobile elevating work platform (MEWP). This includes identifying components, understanding issues related to positioning the platform and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a MEWP and will be able to demonstrate competence in accessing the given point at height. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
73
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
□
Em
ergen
cy low
erin
g f
unct
ions
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
leve
l su
rfac
es a
nd incl
ines
□
Pro
cedure
s an
d p
reca
utions
for
trav
ellin
g o
ver
rough t
erra
in
and o
n incl
ines
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ac
cess
ing d
uties
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
pla
tform
for
acce
ssin
g a
work
posi
tion
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
acce
ssin
g w
ork
ing p
oin
ts u
p t
o f
ull
oper
atin
g h
eight
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g w
ith a
rai
sed p
latf
orm
(w
her
e ap
plic
able
)
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a m
obile
el
evat
ing w
ork
pla
tform
– s
ciss
or
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
74
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
□
Em
ergen
cy low
erin
g f
unct
ion c
hec
k
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
chic
ane,
ex
ecuting f
ull
left
-han
d a
nd r
ight-
han
d t
urn
s
□
Tra
velli
ng t
he
MEW
P w
ith t
he
pla
tform
rai
sed a
nd p
assi
ng
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Pre
par
ing a
n e
xclu
sion z
one
in t
he
rele
vant
area
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Acc
essi
ng g
iven
poin
ts a
t hei
ght
□
Park
ing t
he
MEW
P
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a m
obile
ele
vating
work
pla
tform
–
scis
sor
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
75
Unit 17: Operating a Mobile Elevating Work Platform – Boom
Unit reference number: J/503/6436
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required for preparing and operating boom-type mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) for accessing operations in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) are used to carry out work at height. They are used across a range of industrial sectors, such as construction, logistics and shipyards. They can be vehicle- or trailer-mounted or can be self-propelled. The boom can be telescopic or articulated. This group of MEWPs is commonly known as ‘cherry pickers’. Health and safety considerations are paramount in the operation due to inherent risks in working at height.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a mobile elevating work platform (MEWP). This includes identifying components, understanding issues related to positioning the platform and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will become familiar with the checks required for emergency lowering. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a MEWP and will be able to demonstrate competence in accessing the given point at height, as well as where horizontal reach is required. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
76
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
□
Em
ergen
cy low
erin
g f
unct
ions
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
leve
l su
rfac
es (
all ty
pes
),
incl
ines
and u
nev
en t
erra
in (
self-p
ropel
led u
nits
only
)
□
Pro
cedure
s an
d p
reca
utions
for
trav
ellin
g o
n incl
ines
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
acce
ssin
g d
uties
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
pla
tform
for
acce
ssin
g a
work
posi
tion
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
acce
ssin
g w
ork
ing p
oin
ts u
p t
o f
ull
oper
atin
g h
eight
and r
each
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g w
ith a
rai
sed p
latf
orm
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a m
obile
el
evat
ing w
ork
pla
tform
– b
oom
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
77
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
□
Em
ergen
cy low
erin
g f
unct
ion c
hec
k
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l,
ensu
ring m
achin
e is
set
up f
or
inte
nded
direc
tion o
f tr
avel
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
chic
ane,
ex
ecuting f
ull
left
-han
d a
nd r
ight-
han
d t
urn
s
□
Tra
velli
ng t
he
MEW
P w
ith t
he
pla
tform
rai
sed a
nd p
assi
ng
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Pre
par
ing a
n e
xclu
sion z
one
in t
he
rele
vant
area
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Acc
essi
ng g
iven
poin
ts a
t hei
ght
□
Acc
essi
ng g
iven
poin
ts r
equirin
g u
se o
f horizo
nta
l re
ach
□
Park
ing t
he
MEW
P
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a m
obile
ele
vating
work
pla
tform
–
boom
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
78
Unit 18: Operating a Concrete Pump – Trailer Mounted
Unit reference number: D/503/6412
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required to prepare for operating and operate trailer-mounted concrete pumps to pump and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Concrete is a very important material which is used in new construction works as well as in renovations, refurbishments and upgrades. Concrete pumps are commonly used for in situ concrete operations for structures and components such as slabs, foundations and bridges. Operating a concrete pump safely is an important and transferable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a trailer-mounted concrete pump. This includes identifying components, securing pipes and lines and dealing with blockages, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of the appropriate consistency of concrete for pumping. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a concrete pump and will be able to demonstrate competence in pumping and pouring to the specified location, as well as cleaning and dismantling the components ready for movement of the trailer. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
79
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Confirm
ing t
he
posi
tion a
nd c
onfiguring t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r pum
pin
g d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r dep
loyi
ng t
he
outr
igger
s to
spec
ific
atio
n
(wher
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Arr
angin
g,
anch
oring a
nd s
ecuring a
ll pip
es a
nd lin
es
□
Confirm
ing a
giv
en m
ix is
suitab
le f
or
pum
pin
g
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r ar
rangin
g,
usi
ng a
nd c
om
ply
ing w
ith
com
munic
atio
n p
roce
dure
s
□
Direc
ting t
he
load
ing/m
ixer
veh
icle
to p
osi
tion
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a co
ncr
ete
pum
p –
tra
iler
mounte
d
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r pum
pin
g a
nd c
ontr
olli
ng m
ater
ials
acc
ura
tely
to
the
des
ired
pour
loca
tion
□
Blo
ckag
e occ
urr
ence
s an
d s
olu
tion m
ethods
avai
lable
to
ove
rcom
e th
em
□
Act
ions
required
for
mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
End-o
f-use
cle
anin
g p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
80
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Ensu
ring t
hat
the
trai
ler
is s
ecure
and s
egre
gat
ing t
he
work
ing a
rea
□
Pre
par
ing f
or
the
rele
vant
work
follo
win
g t
he
giv
en p
ipel
ine
spec
ific
atio
n
□
Linin
g t
he
pip
es a
nd p
laci
ng h
ose
s w
ith s
uitab
le g
rout
□
Direc
ting t
he
mat
eria
l-ca
rryi
ng v
ehic
le into
posi
tion
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.3
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Pum
pin
g t
he
mat
eria
l to
the
pour
loca
tion w
hils
t fo
llow
ing
signal
s
□
Sto
ppin
g a
nd r
esta
rtin
g t
he
pour
during w
ork
□
Cle
anin
g t
he
pum
pin
g s
yste
m c
om
ponen
ts
□
Dis
man
tlin
g a
nd s
toring a
ll co
mponen
ts r
eady
for
the
move
men
t of
the
trai
ler
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a co
ncr
ete
pum
p –
tr
aile
r m
ounte
d
2.4
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
81
Unit 19: Operating a Grader
Unit reference number: A/503/6434
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating graders to form and shape materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A grader is a piece of heavy equipment which is used in earthworks to help achieve a smooth and level surface. They are used in the construction of roads or where the ground surface needs to be rendered smooth. The blade attached to the grader helps to carry out levelling operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a grader. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out grading, spreading and levelling operations and travel over rough terrains and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in trimming banks, grading, levelling and reinstatement of works. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
82
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round a
nd
leve
l su
rfac
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r gen
eral
gra
din
g
and s
ide-
cast
ing d
uties
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r hig
h b
ank
work
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g m
ater
ials
and
leve
lling g
round
□
Act
ions
required
to p
roduce
eve
n f
inis
hes
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a gra
der
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
83
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, u
p a
nd d
ow
n t
he
slope,
pas
sing
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
nd t
rave
lling o
ver
rough t
erra
in
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
gra
der
for
rele
vant
work
ac
tivi
ties
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Trim
min
g t
he
ban
k to
an a
gre
ed a
ngle
□
Gra
din
g a
nd lev
ellin
g a
n a
rea
to s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Rei
nst
atin
g t
he
work
are
a to
lev
el
□
Park
ing t
he
gra
der
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a gra
der
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
84
Unit 20: Operating a Wheeled Loading Shovel
Unit reference number: K/503/6428
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating wheeled loading shovels to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A wheeled loading shovel is a loader which is used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. They can be small and compact and hence easy to manoeuvre, or can be of a more powerful variety. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a wheeled loading shovel. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a wheeled loading shovel, and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile as well as in creating an upward ramp. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
85
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te a
nd h
ighw
ay
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
(lo
aded
and
unlo
aded
)
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
trac
tion a
nd
load
ing d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a w
hee
led
load
ing s
hove
l
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
extr
acting d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
mat
eria
ls
from
sto
ckpile
s an
d o
ther
sourc
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
form
ing s
tock
pile
s of
segre
gat
ed
mat
eria
ls a
nd c
onst
ruct
ing (
tem
pora
ry)
ram
ps
□
Act
ions
required
for
sort
ing a
nd p
laci
ng m
ater
ials
into
tr
ansp
ort
ing v
ehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd
mat
eria
ls
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
86
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te a
nd
hig
hw
ay t
rave
l
□
Tra
velli
ng a
nd m
anoeu
vrin
g in a
load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
sta
te,
up a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
sto
ppin
g a
nd s
tart
ing o
n t
he
slope
in
up a
nd d
ow
n d
irec
tions,
tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough t
erra
in,
reve
rsin
g (
load
ed o
nly
) in
a s
trai
ght
line
and p
assi
ng
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e ru
n
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
trac
tion a
nd
load
ing d
uties
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Cre
atin
g a
n u
pw
ard r
amp (
usi
ng m
ater
ial fr
om
a b
ank)
□
Load
ing m
ater
ial in
to a
veh
icle
□
Spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Cle
anin
g a
nd t
idyi
ng t
he
work
are
a
□
Park
ing t
he
whee
led load
ing s
hove
l
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a w
hee
led load
ing
shove
l
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
87
Unit 21: Operating a Crawler-Tractor/Dozer
Unit reference number: K/503/6431
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating crawler-tractor/dozers for excavating/forming operations in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A crawler-tractor is a type of construction vehicle which instead of using wheels uses tracks. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions. A number of attachments can be added to a crawler-tractor. When a blade is attached to the machine, it is then called a dozer, which is used for a variety of excavation operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crawler-tractor/dozer. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrains, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating trenches, constructing ramps and carrying out grading, spreading and levelling tasks. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
88
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
site
tra
vel
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
exca
vating d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
exca
vations
in v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
const
ruct
ing r
amps
and f
orm
and s
hap
e st
ock
pile
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round
and m
ater
ials
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a cr
awle
r-tr
acto
r/doze
r
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
89
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, u
p a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
pas
sing
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
nd t
rave
lling o
ver
rough t
erra
in
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
craw
ler-
trac
tor/
doze
r fo
r re
leva
nt
work
act
ivitie
s
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Pro
duci
ng a
str
aight
tren
ch t
o s
pec
ifie
d d
imen
sions
and
form
ing a
sto
ckpile
□
Sid
e ca
stin
g m
ater
ial fr
om
an e
mban
kmen
t to
spec
ifie
d
dim
ensi
ons
□
Const
ruct
ing r
amps
and f
orm
ing a
nd s
hap
ing s
tock
pile
s
□
Gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Rei
nst
atin
g t
he
work
are
a in
acc
ord
ance
with t
he
contr
act
info
rmat
ion
□
Park
ing t
he
craw
ler-
trac
tor/
doze
r
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a cr
awle
r-
trac
tor/
doze
r
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
90
Unit 22: Operating a Concrete Pump – Truck-mounted Boom
Unit reference number: Y/503/6411
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required to prepare for operating and operate truck-mounted boom concrete pumps to pump and discharge materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Concrete is a very important material which is used in new construction works as well as in renovations, refurbishments and upgrades. Concrete pumps are commonly used for in situ concrete operations for structures and components such as slabs, foundations and bridges. Operating a concrete pump safely is an important and transferable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a truck-mounted concrete pump. This includes identifying components, securing pipes and lines and dealing with blockages, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of the appropriate consistency of concrete for pumping. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a concrete pump. They will be able to demonstrate competence in pumping and pouring to the specified location and changing boom radius during the pour, as well as cleaning and dismantling the components ready for moving the truck. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
91
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and h
ighw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling t
he
vehic
le t
o a
n a
rea
of
work
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a co
ncr
ete
pum
p –
tru
ck-
mounte
d b
oom
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Confirm
ing t
he
posi
tion a
nd c
onfiguring t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r pum
pin
g d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r dep
loyi
ng t
he
outr
igger
s to
spec
ific
atio
n
(wher
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Arr
angin
g,
anch
oring a
nd s
ecuring a
ll pip
es a
nd lin
es
□
Confirm
ing a
giv
en m
ix is
suitab
le f
or
pum
pin
g
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r ar
rangin
g,
usi
ng a
nd c
om
ply
ing w
ith
com
munic
atio
n p
roce
dure
s
□
Direc
ting t
he
load
ing/m
ixer
veh
icle
to p
osi
tion
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
92
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r pum
pin
g a
nd c
ontr
olli
ng m
ater
ials
acc
ura
tely
to
the
des
ired
pour
loca
tion
□
Blo
ckag
e occ
urr
ence
s an
d s
olu
tion m
ethods
avai
lable
to
ove
rcom
e th
em
□
Act
ions
required
for
mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
End-o
f-use
cle
anin
g p
roce
dure
s
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Road
tra
ffic
req
uirem
ents
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
site
and h
ighw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling t
he
vehic
le t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a co
ncr
ete
pum
p –
tr
uck
-mounte
d
boom
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
truck
and p
repar
ing f
or
the
rele
vant
work
fo
llow
ing t
he
giv
en p
ipel
ine
spec
ific
atio
n
□
Linin
g t
he
pip
es a
nd p
laci
ng h
ose
s w
ith s
uitab
le g
rout
□
Direc
ting t
he
mat
eria
l-ca
rryi
ng v
ehic
le into
posi
tion
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
93
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Pum
pin
g t
he
mat
eria
l to
the
pour
loca
tion w
hils
t fo
llow
ing
signal
s
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
boom
rad
ius
whils
t pum
pin
g m
ater
ial w
ith
end o
f hose
kep
t at
a c
onst
ant
hei
ght
□
Sto
ppin
g a
nd r
esta
rtin
g t
he
pour
during w
ork
□
Cle
anin
g t
he
pum
pin
g s
yste
m c
om
ponen
ts
□
Dis
man
tlin
g a
nd s
toring a
ll co
mponen
ts r
eady
for
the
move
men
t of
the
trai
ler
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
94
Unit 23: Operating a Tracked Loading Shovel
Unit reference number: H/503/6458
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating tracked loading shovels to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A tracked loading shovel is a loader which is used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a tracked loading shovel. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a tracked loading shovel. They will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile, as well as in creating an upward ramp. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
95
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te a
nd h
ighw
ay
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
(lo
aded
and
unlo
aded
)
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
trac
tion a
nd
load
ing d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a tr
acke
d
load
ing s
hove
l
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
extr
acting d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
mat
eria
ls
from
sto
ckpile
s an
d o
ther
sourc
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
form
ing s
tock
pile
s of
segre
gat
ed
mat
eria
ls a
nd c
onst
ruct
ing (
tem
pora
ry)
ram
ps
□
Act
ions
required
for
sort
ing a
nd p
laci
ng m
ater
ials
into
tr
ansp
ort
ing v
ehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd
mat
eria
ls
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
96
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te a
nd
hig
hw
ay t
rave
l
□
Tra
velli
ng a
nd m
anoeu
vrin
g in a
load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
sta
te,
up a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
sto
ppin
g a
nd s
tart
ing o
n t
he
slope
in
up a
nd d
ow
n d
irec
tions,
tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough t
erra
in,
reve
rsin
g (
load
ed o
nly
) in
a s
trai
ght
line
and p
assi
ng
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e ru
n
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
trac
tion a
nd
load
ing d
uties
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Cre
atin
g a
n u
pw
ard r
amp (
usi
ng m
ater
ial fr
om
a b
ank)
□
Load
ing m
ater
ial in
to a
veh
icle
□
Spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round a
nd m
ater
ials
□
Cle
anin
g a
nd t
idyi
ng t
he
work
are
a
□
Par
king t
he
load
ing s
hove
l
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a tr
acke
d load
ing
shove
l
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
97
Unit 24: Operating a Motorised Scraper
Unit reference number: A/503/6420
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating motorised scrapers to extract, transport and distribute materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A motorised scraper is a piece of heavy equipment which is used for earth-moving operations. It is very efficient on short haulages where cut and fill areas are close to each other. The blade attached to the scraper helps to carry out these operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a motorised scraper. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation and stockpiling operations and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant, and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating and forming stockpiles as well as in making formation levels. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards –especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
98
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
– load
ed a
nd
unlo
aded
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e to
load
and d
eposi
t m
ater
ials
/gro
und
□
Fact
ors
that
ensu
re t
he
suitab
ility
of
the
load
ing a
nd
dep
osi
ting a
rea
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a m
oto
rise
d s
crap
er
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
exca
vating v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
tran
sfer
ring a
nd d
eposi
ting load
s to
diffe
rent
loca
tions
□
Act
ions
required
for
form
ing s
tock
pile
s of
mat
eria
l
□
Act
ions
required
for
gra
din
g,
spre
adin
g a
nd lev
ellin
g g
round
and m
ater
ials
□
Act
ions
required
for
per
form
ing p
ush
load
ing t
echniq
ues
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
99
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, t
rave
lling u
p a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
pas
sing t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
nd t
rave
lling o
ver
rough
terr
ain
□
Rev
ersi
ng into
a r
estr
icte
d a
rea
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
scra
per
for
rele
vant
work
ac
tivi
ties
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Exc
avat
ing a
giv
en a
rea
and f
orm
ing s
tock
pile
s as
in
stru
cted
□
Dep
osi
ting load
s to
form
atio
n lev
el a
nd d
isch
argin
g t
o a
uniform
len
gth
□
Park
ing t
he
moto
rise
d s
crap
er
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a m
oto
rise
d
scra
per
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
100
Unit 25: Operating a Crawler-Tractor – Side Boom
Unit reference number: H/503/6430
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required for preparing and operating crawler-tractors with side boom to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A crawler-tractor is a type of construction vehicle which instead of using wheels uses tracks. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions. A number of attachments can be added to a crawler-tractor, such as a side boom, which enables the machine to lift and place heavy loads, for example large pipe sections. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crawler-tractor with side boom. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a crawler-tractor with side boom, and will be able to demonstrate competence in picking up and travelling with a steel pipe to and from a trench, as well as in stowing all the equipment safely. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
10
1
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a cr
awle
r-tr
acto
r – s
ide
boom
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lif
ting d
uties
□
Rig
gin
g a
nd d
e-riggin
g p
roce
dure
s
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
10
2
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
gra
mm
ing/s
etting u
p r
ated
cap
acity
indic
ators
for
lifting d
uties
□
Iden
tify
ing w
eights
and c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
of
load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting v
ario
us
load
s usi
ng t
he
full
radiu
s ca
pab
ilities
□
Act
ions
required
to a
ccura
tely
pla
ce load
s
□
Act
ions
required
to m
inim
ise
the
swin
gin
g o
f lo
ads
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ove
load
s th
rough m
achin
e tr
avel
□
Act
ions
required
for
com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Prep
arin
g t
he
craw
ler-
trac
tor
– s
ide
boom
rea
dy
for
move
men
t af
ter
lifting d
uties
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a cr
awle
r-tr
acto
r –
side
boom
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, u
p a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
pas
sing
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
nd t
rave
lling o
ver
rough t
erra
in
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
10
3
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ea
ch lift
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Pic
king u
p s
teel
pip
ing a
nd t
rave
lling o
ver
rough t
erra
in
bef
ore
arr
ivin
g a
t a
tren
ch
□
Dep
osi
ting t
he
stee
l pip
e in
to t
he
tren
ch a
t a
giv
en p
osi
tion;
afte
r co
mple
ting,
det
achin
g t
he
pip
e
□
Att
achin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng t
he
pip
e fr
om
the
tren
ch a
nd
pla
cing b
ack
at t
he
origin
al s
tart
poin
t
□
Sto
win
g a
ll eq
uip
men
t an
d r
eturn
ing t
he
vehic
le t
o t
he
par
k posi
tion
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
104
Unit 26: Operating a Trencher
Unit reference number: M/503/6446
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating trenchers to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Trenchers are used to dig trenches for laying drainage, pipes or cables. A trencher can be tracked, wheeled or chained and can be a mini or a portable one. Each type has its own application depending on the location or extent of work. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a trencher. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will also develop an understanding of working with different types of soils and how to maintain a consistent depth. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in cutting vertical trenches and straight excavations and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
10
5
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a tr
ench
er
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
duci
ng c
ut
tren
ches
in v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
duci
ng c
onsi
sten
t dep
ths
of
cut
in
leve
l an
d u
nev
en g
round
□
Act
ions
required
for
cutt
ing t
rench
es u
p a
nd d
ow
n incl
ines
□
Tec
hniq
ues
use
d f
or
radiu
s cu
ttin
g
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing m
ater
ials
into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les/
rece
pta
cles
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
10
6
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, t
rave
lling u
p a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
pas
sing t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
nd o
ver
rough t
erra
in
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
trac
tion d
uties
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Com
ple
ting 2
x v
ertica
l tr
ench
es in a
‘T’ fo
rmat
ion
□
Com
ple
ting a
str
aight
exca
vation w
ith v
ertica
l si
des
alo
ng
slopin
g g
round
□
Load
ing m
ater
ial in
to a
veh
icle
or
in w
indro
ws
□
Park
ing t
he
tren
cher
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a tr
ench
er
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
107
Unit 27: Operating a Crawler Crane
Unit reference number: K/503/6414
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating crawler cranes (above 10 tonnes) to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations and there are a number of crane varieties available. A crawler crane is a type of crane vehicle which is mounted on tracks. Using tracks means that the load is spread over a large area, making such machines suitable for use in a variety of site conditions without requiring any outriggers.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crawler crane. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a crawler crane and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas, using a variety of rope falls and moving through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
10
8
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks r
equired
to p
lace
th
e cr
ane
into
ser
vice
□
Proce
dure
s th
at m
ust
be
follo
wed
when
acc
essi
ng t
he
jib f
or
insp
ection a
nd m
ainte
nan
ce p
urp
ose
s
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Pro
cedure
s re
quired
for
trav
ellin
g t
o a
n a
rea
of
work
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a cr
awle
r cr
ane
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lif
ting d
uties
□
Rig
gin
g a
nd d
e-riggin
g p
roce
dure
s w
hen
fitting a
lat
tice
-ty
pe
exte
nsi
on
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
10
9
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
gra
mm
ing/s
etting-u
p r
ated
cap
acity
indic
ators
for
lifting d
uties
□
Iden
tify
ing w
eights
and c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
of
load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting v
ario
us
load
s, u
sing t
he
full
radiu
s an
d s
lew
ing c
apab
ilities
of
the
craw
ler
cran
e
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly p
laci
ng load
s
□
Chan
gin
g f
alls
of
rope
on a
hook
blo
ck
□
Act
ions
required
for
min
imis
ing t
he
swin
gin
g o
f lo
ads
□
Act
ions
required
for
movi
ng load
s th
rough m
achin
e tr
avel
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Prep
arin
g t
he
cran
e re
ady
for
mov
emen
t fr
om
lifting d
uties
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks a
nd
pla
cing t
he
cran
e in
to s
ervi
ce
□
Saf
ely
com
ply
ing w
ith p
roce
dure
s fo
r ac
cess
ing t
he
jib f
or
insp
ection a
nd m
ainte
nan
ce p
urp
ose
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a cr
awle
r cr
ane
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Tra
velli
ng t
he
craw
ler
cran
e to
an a
rea
of
work
thro
ugh a
re
strict
ion
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
11
0
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ea
ch lift
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
num
ber
of
falls
on t
he
hook
blo
ck f
rom
3 t
o 2
, or
2 t
o 3
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
load
and lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
; once
la
nded
, m
ovi
ng a
nd t
hen
rot
atin
g t
hro
ugh 3
60 d
egre
es;
landin
g t
he
load
at
mid
-rad
ius
at a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
usi
ng t
hre
e fa
lls o
f ro
pe,
rota
ting f
or
270
deg
rees
and lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m a
gro
und lev
el a
nd r
ota
ting t
hro
ugh 3
60
deg
rees
mai
nta
inin
g m
inim
um
rad
ius;
lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m a
giv
en p
oin
t an
d lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
out
of
sight
□
Lift
ing a
load
usi
ng t
wo f
alls
of
rope
from
a d
esig
nat
ed
posi
tion a
nd t
rave
lling w
ith t
he
load
; w
hils
t tr
avel
ling,
exec
uting a
90 d
egre
e tu
rn
□
Rec
ove
ring s
imula
ted 2
-met
re load
sw
ings
□
Mak
ing s
afe
all lo
ads
afte
r ea
ch a
ctiv
ity
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
111
Unit 28: Operating a Tower Crane
Unit reference number: H/503/6427
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 60
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating tower cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations, and there are a number of crane varieties available. A tower crane is used for construction of tall structures, and comprises a long jib, a counter short jib, slewing equipment, a base and a mast. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a tower crane. This includes identifying components and understanding how to select lifting accessories, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a tower crane and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
11
2
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks r
equired
to p
lace
th
e to
wer
cra
ne
into
ser
vice
□
Proce
dure
s th
at m
ust
be
follo
wed
when
acc
essi
ng t
he
jib f
or
insp
ection a
nd m
ainte
nan
ce p
urp
ose
s
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a to
wer
cr
ane
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lif
ting d
uties
□
Rea
sons
for
chan
gin
g t
he
num
ber
of
falls
of
rope
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
11
3
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
gra
mm
ing/s
etting-u
p r
ated
cap
acity
indic
ators
and/o
r oth
er load
/dis
tance
indic
ators
for
lifting
duties
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting v
ario
us
load
s usi
ng t
he
full
radiu
s an
d s
lew
ing c
apab
ilities
of
a to
wer
cra
ne
□
Act
ions
required
for
ensu
ring load
bal
ance
, se
curity
and
inte
grity
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly p
laci
ng load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
min
imis
ing t
he
swin
gin
g o
f lo
ads
□
Act
ions
required
for
movi
ng load
s th
rough m
achin
e tr
avel
(w
her
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Prep
arin
g t
he
cran
e fo
r out-
of-
serv
ice,
iso
lation a
nd
secu
ring p
roce
dure
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a to
wer
cra
ne
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks a
nd
pla
cing t
he
tow
er c
rane
into
ser
vice
□
Saf
ely
com
ply
ing w
ith p
roce
dure
s fo
r ac
cess
ing t
he
jib f
or
insp
ection a
nd m
ainte
nan
ce p
urp
ose
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
11
4
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.2
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lif
ting d
uties
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
num
ber
of
falls
of
rope
safe
ly
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.3
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
load
, ro
tating f
or
180 d
egre
es w
ithout
chan
gin
g
radiu
s bef
ore
lan
din
g t
he
load
; af
ter
com
ple
ting,
lifting a
nd
landin
g t
he
load
at
a des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
, ro
tating o
ver
the
stru
cture
and lan
din
g in a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
; af
ter
com
ple
ting,
retu
rnin
g t
he
load
to
the
origin
al s
tart
poin
t an
d lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
at
gro
und lev
el a
nd r
ota
ting –
mai
nta
inin
g
min
imum
of
75%
rad
ius;
lan
din
g t
he
load
at
a des
ignat
ed
pla
ce
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m a
des
ignat
ed p
osi
tion a
nd lan
din
g in a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
out
of
sight
□
Sim
ula
ting p
ouring a
wal
l by
trav
ellin
g a
load
in a
str
aight
line
for
a des
ignat
ed d
ista
nce
□
Rec
ove
ring s
imula
ted 2
-met
re load
sw
ings
□
Mak
ing s
afe
all lo
ads
afte
r ea
ch a
ctiv
ity
2.4
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Plac
ing t
he
cran
e in
out-
of-
serv
ice
mode
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
115
Unit 29: Operating a Lorry Loader
Unit reference number: F/503/6418
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating lorry loaders/knuckle boom cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Lorry loaders are used in the construction industry to move and lift loads and can carry out tasks traditionally undertaken by mobile and tower cranes. On smaller machines, the crane is integral to the lorry loader. Care should be taken to plan lifting operations with the size of the plant in view. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a lorry loader. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a lorry loader and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, placing, moving and securing loads ready for travel. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
11
6
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring t
he
vehic
le a
nd load
er c
rane
for
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling t
he
vehic
le t
o a
n a
rea
of
work
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a lo
rry
load
er
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g a
nd c
onfiguring t
he
vehic
le a
nd load
er c
rane
for
lifting d
uties
□
Act
ions
required
for
dep
loyi
ng t
he
outr
igger
s/st
abili
sers
to
spec
ific
atio
n
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
11
7
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
gra
mm
ing/s
etting-u
p r
ated
cap
acity
or
load
mom
ent
indic
ators
for
lifting d
uties
□
Iden
tify
ing w
eights
and c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
of
load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting v
ario
us
load
s, u
sing t
he
full
radiu
s an
d s
lew
ing c
apab
ilities
of
the
load
er c
rane
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly p
laci
ng load
s at
gro
und lev
el
and o
n/i
nto
a v
ehic
le
□
Act
ions
required
for
atta
chin
g a
nd u
sing b
oom
ext
ensi
ons
□
Act
ions
required
for
min
imis
ing t
he
swin
gin
g o
f lo
ads
□
Act
ions
required
for
secu
ring load
s on/i
n t
he
vehic
le
□
Lift
ing a
cces
sories
com
pat
ible
with load
er c
rane
use
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks o
n t
he
host
veh
icle
and load
er c
rane
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a lo
rry
load
er
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
vehic
le a
nd load
er c
rane
for
road
tra
vel (l
oad
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
)
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o a
nd w
ithin
the
work
are
a (l
oad
ed a
nd
unlo
aded
)
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
11
8
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
vehic
le,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting t
he
cran
e an
d
load
for
each
lift
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Rev
ersi
ng into
a r
estr
icte
d a
rea
□
Lift
ing 3
load
s an
d p
laci
ng t
hem
onto
the
vehic
le b
ed
□
Sec
uring a
ll lo
ads
in p
repar
atio
n f
or
trav
el
□
Rem
ovi
ng a
nd p
laci
ng t
he
3 loa
ds
to d
iffe
rent
loca
tions
□
Sto
win
g a
ll eq
uip
men
t an
d r
eturn
ing t
he
vehic
le t
o t
he
par
k posi
tion
□
Park
ing t
he
vehic
le
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
119
Unit 30: Performing Slinger/ Signaller Duties
Unit reference number: J/503/6453
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for slinging and signalling the movement of loads (secondary role) in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
This unit is designed for those undertaking slinger/signaller duties in a secondary or part-time role in support of a learner’s main occupation. Other units of competence exist for those undertaking slinging and signalling as a main occupation.
Although slinger and signaller perform different tasks, usually one person is trained to perform both jobs. Their role in lifting and movement operations is important and the skills to carry out slinging and signalling competently are valuable, not only in the construction industry but wherever cranes are used to lift and move loads.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to carry out slinging and signalling duties. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of lifting accessories, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to demonstrate competence in selecting the right accessory and carrying out signalling and slinging duties to safely lift, move and land loads in designated areas. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
0
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
pro
cedure
s fo
r obta
inin
g
info
rmat
ion a
nd p
repar
ing lifting
acce
ssories
for
wor
k ac
tivi
ties
□
Purp
ose
, co
nst
ruct
ion,
contr
ols
and t
erm
inolo
gy
of
diffe
ring
types
of
lifting a
cces
sories
□
Man
ufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
tec
hnic
al d
ata,
oth
er
types
of
info
rmat
ion s
ourc
e an
d r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and
legis
lation
□
Inte
rpre
ting a
nd e
xtra
ctin
g info
rmat
ion o
n a
ll re
leva
nt
docu
men
tation
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks o
n n
on-s
pec
ialis
t lif
ting a
cces
sories
and
iden
tifica
tion o
f non
-ser
vice
able
ite
ms
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r pla
cing n
on-s
ervi
ceab
le ite
ms
out-
of-
serv
ice
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
per
form
sl
inger
/sig
nal
ler
duties
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p a
nd
pre
par
e th
e w
ork
are
a, a
nd t
he
pro
cedure
s re
quired
to iden
tify
, se
lect
and u
se lifting a
cces
sories
□
Iden
tify
ing c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
and e
stim
atin
g w
eights
of
load
s
□
Act
ions
required
to p
repar
e th
e ar
ea o
f oper
atio
n f
or
carr
ying o
ut
lifting d
uties
□
Sel
ecting r
elev
ant
lifting a
cces
sory
for
a giv
en load
□
Act
ions
required
for
dea
ling w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
1
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
secu
ring v
ario
us
types
of
load
to a
lif
ting h
ook,
usi
ng t
he
rele
vant
lifting a
cces
sory
and
follo
win
g c
orr
ect
pro
cedure
s
□
Ensu
ring load
bal
ance
, se
curity
and inte
grity
□
Proce
sses
req
uired
for
direc
ting a
nd g
uid
ing t
he
move
men
t of
load
s to
diffe
rent
types
of
loca
tion
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly p
laci
ng load
s
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith o
rgan
isat
ional
com
munic
atio
n p
roce
dure
s
□
Mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to c
om
ple
te t
he
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Out-
of-
serv
ice
and s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s fo
r lif
ting
acce
ssories
and t
he
work
are
a
2.1
O
bta
in a
nd e
xtra
ct r
elev
ant
lift
info
rmat
ion,
and p
repar
e lif
ting
acce
ssories
for
use
□
Chec
king e
quip
men
t fo
r fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
se
rvic
eabili
ty
□
Iden
tify
ing a
nd im
poundin
g a
ll unse
rvic
eable
ite
ms
□
Iden
tify
ing c
ertifica
tion n
ot
mee
ting c
urr
ent
legis
lation o
r re
gula
tions
2
Be
able
to p
erfo
rm
slin
ger
/sig
nal
ler
duties
2.2
Set
up t
he
work
are
a fo
r lif
ting
duties
and s
elec
t lif
ting
acce
ssories
□
Est
ablis
hin
g t
he
wei
ght
and f
eatu
res
of
each
load
prior
to
lifting
□
Est
ablis
hin
g c
om
munic
atio
n m
ethods
(vis
ual
and w
ith
radio
s) w
ith t
he
cran
e oper
ator
□
Sel
ecting t
he
rele
vant
lifting a
cces
sory
for
the
load
to b
e lif
ted
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
2
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Att
achin
g t
he
sele
ctio
n lifting a
cces
sory
and p
repar
ing e
ach
load
for
lifting
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m g
round lev
el,
guid
ing a
nd lan
din
g in a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
out
of
sight
of
the
cran
e oper
ator;
aft
er
landin
g,
retu
rnin
g t
he
load
to t
he
origin
al s
tart
poin
t,
landin
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
and d
etac
hin
g t
he
acce
ssory
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m g
round lev
el,
guid
ing t
o m
axim
um
rad
ius
of
the
cran
e, s
lew
ing f
or
at lea
st 1
80 d
egre
es a
nd lan
din
g
at a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
, m
id r
adiu
s; a
fter
lan
din
g,
det
achin
g
the
acce
ssory
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m g
round lev
el,
guid
ing t
o a
min
imum
ra
diu
s of
the
cran
e, s
lew
ing f
or
at lea
st 3
60 d
egre
es a
nd
landin
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
, in
volv
ing a
chan
ge
of
radiu
s;
afte
r la
ndin
g,
det
achin
g t
he
acce
ssory
2.4
Com
ple
te t
he
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Mak
ing s
afe
all lo
ads
follo
win
g e
ach a
ctiv
ity
□
Colle
ctin
g a
nd s
toring a
ll lif
ting a
cces
sories
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
123
Unit 31: Operating a Mobile Crane
Unit reference number: F/503/6435
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating mobile cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations, and there are a number of crane varieties available. A mobile crane is mounted on carriers, which can be either crawler or with tyres. Such cranes have a telescopic boom and are generally hydraulically operated.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a mobile crane. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a mobile crane, and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
4
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks r
equired
to p
lace
th
e cr
ane
into
ser
vice
□
Proce
dure
s th
at m
ust
be
follo
wed
when
acc
essi
ng t
he
jib f
or
insp
ection a
nd m
ainte
nan
ce p
urp
ose
s
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
(si
te a
nd
hig
hw
ay)
□
Pro
cedure
s re
quired
for
trav
ellin
g t
o a
n a
rea
of
work
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a m
obile
cr
ane
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
cran
e fo
r lif
ting d
uties
□
Dep
loyi
ng o
utr
igger
s to
spec
ific
atio
n (
wher
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
5
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
gra
mm
ing/s
etting-u
p r
ated
cap
acity
indic
ators
for
lifting d
uties
□
Iden
tify
ing w
eights
and c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
of
load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting v
ario
us
load
s usi
ng t
he
full
radiu
s an
d s
lew
ing c
apab
ilities
of
a cr
ane
□
Tec
hniq
ues
for
accu
rate
ly p
laci
ng load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
chan
gin
g f
alls
of
rope
on a
hook
blo
ck
□
Act
ions
required
for
min
imis
ing t
he
swin
gin
g o
f lo
ads
□
Act
ions
required
for
movi
ng load
s th
rough m
achin
e tr
avel
(w
her
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Rig
gin
g a
nd d
e-riggin
g p
roce
dure
s w
hen
fitting f
ly jib
s or
boom
ext
ensi
ons
□
Dis
man
tlin
g t
he
cran
e in
pre
par
atio
n o
f m
ove
men
t
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a m
obile
cra
ne
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
6
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
(si
te a
nd
hig
hw
ay)
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d r
ever
sing into
a r
estr
icte
d
spac
e
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ea
ch lift
□
Chan
gin
g t
he
num
ber
of
falls
on t
he
hook
blo
ck f
rom
2 t
o 3
, or
3 t
o 2
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
load
at
a des
ignat
ed p
lace
; m
ovi
ng b
ack
to a
nd
rota
ting;
landin
g t
he
load
at
mid
-rad
ius
at a
des
ignat
ed
pla
ce
□
Lift
ing a
load
and s
imula
ting a
concr
ete
pouring e
xerc
ise;
la
ndin
g t
he
load
at
a des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
usi
ng t
hre
e fa
lls o
f ro
pe
and lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
usi
ng a
min
imum
rad
ius
and r
ota
te
mai
nta
inin
g m
inim
um
rad
ius;
lan
din
g t
he
load
at
a des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m a
giv
en p
oin
t an
d lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
out
of
sight
□
Rec
ove
ring s
imula
ted 2
-met
re load
sw
ings
□
Mak
ing s
afe
all lo
ads
afte
r ea
ch a
ctiv
ity
□
Configuring t
he
cran
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
7
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
128
Unit 32: Operating a Pedestrian Operated Tower Crane
Unit reference number: L/503/6437
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating pedestrian operated tower cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations. There are a number of crane varieties available. A tower crane is used for constructing tall structures and comprises a long jib, a counter short jib, slewing equipment, a base and a mast. If the operator is working from the ground, the crane is a pedestrian operated tower crane or POTC.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a POTC. This includes identifying components and understanding how to select lifting accessories, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a POTC and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas through various radii. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
12
9
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks r
equired
to p
lace
th
e ped
estr
ian o
per
ated
tow
er c
rane
(PO
TC)
into
ser
vice
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a ped
estr
ian
oper
ated
tow
er
cran
e 1.2
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
POTC f
or
lifting d
uties
□
Iden
tify
ing c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
and e
stim
atin
g w
eights
of
load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
sele
ctin
g a
nd u
sing lifting a
cces
sories
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
0
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
secu
ring v
ario
us
types
of
load
to a
lif
ting h
ook
usi
ng t
he
rele
vant
lifting a
cces
sory
and
follo
win
g c
orr
ect
pro
cedure
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
ensu
ring load
bal
ance
, se
curity
and
inte
grity
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting v
ario
us
load
s usi
ng t
he
full
radiu
s an
d s
lew
ing c
apab
ilities
of
a PO
TC
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly p
laci
ng load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
atta
chin
g a
nd u
sing b
oom
ext
ensi
ons
and f
ly jib
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
min
imis
ing t
he
swin
gin
g o
f lo
ads
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Alter
ing h
ois
t ro
pe
falls
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Prep
arin
g t
he
cran
e fo
r out-
of-
serv
ice,
iso
lation a
nd
secu
ring p
roce
dure
s
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a ped
estr
ian
oper
ated
tow
er
cran
e
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks a
nd
pla
cing t
he
PO
TC into
ser
vice
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
1
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.2
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
POTC f
or
lifting d
uties
□
Saf
ely
iden
tify
ing c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
and e
stim
atin
g w
eights
of
load
s
□
Sel
ecting a
nd u
sing lifting a
cces
sories
saf
ely
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.3
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
load
, ro
tating t
hro
ugh 1
80 d
egre
es w
ithout
chan
gin
g r
adiu
s bef
ore
lan
din
g a
t m
inim
um
rad
ius;
aft
er
com
ple
ting,
lifting a
nd lan
din
g t
he
load
in a
des
ignat
ed
pla
ce a
t m
id r
adiu
s
□
Lift
ing a
load
at
mid
rad
ius
and r
ota
ting o
ver
a st
ruct
ure
an
d lan
din
g in a
des
ignat
ed p
ositio
n a
t 75%
rad
ius;
aft
er
com
ple
ting,
retu
rnin
g t
he
load
to t
he
origin
al s
tart
poin
t an
d lan
din
g in a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Lift
ing a
load
at
min
imum
rad
ius
and r
ota
ting t
hro
ugh 3
60
deg
rees
and lan
din
g in a
des
ignat
ed p
lace
□
Sim
ula
ting p
ouring a
wal
l by
trav
ellin
g a
load
in a
str
aight
line
for
a des
ignat
ed d
ista
nce
□
Rec
ove
ring s
imula
ted 2
-met
re load
sw
ings
□
Lift
ing a
load
fro
m a
giv
en p
oin
t an
d lan
din
g in a
des
ignat
ed
pla
ce o
ut
of
sight
□
Mak
ing s
afe
all lo
ads
afte
r ea
ch a
ctiv
ity
2.4
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Plac
ing t
he
POTC in o
ut-
of-
serv
ice
mode
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
132
Unit 33: Operating a Compact Crane
Unit reference number: M/503/6429
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding required to operate compact cranes to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Lifting and moving loads is important across a range of industrial sectors such as construction, offshore and logistics. Cranes are generally used for lifting and moving operations. There are a number of crane varieties available. As the name suggests, compact cranes are useful when there is restricted workspace or where lifting is required to inaccessible areas.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a compact crane. This includes identifying components and understanding the use and limitations of tools, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of how to balance loads to avoid swinging. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a compact crane and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting, moving and landing loads in designated areas. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
3
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Pro
cedure
s re
quired
for
trav
ellin
g t
o a
n a
rea
of
work
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a co
mpac
t cr
ane
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
cran
e fo
r lif
ting d
uties
□
Act
ions
required
for
pro
gra
mm
ing/s
etting u
p r
ated
cap
acity
indic
ators
or
load
mom
ent
indic
ators
for
lifting d
uties
□
Iden
tify
ing w
eights
and c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
of
load
s
□
Dep
loyi
ng o
utr
igger
s to
spec
ific
atio
n (
wher
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Funct
ion,
use
and lim
itat
ions
of
jib e
xten
sions
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
4
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting v
ario
us
load
s usi
ng t
he
full
radiu
s an
d s
lew
ing c
apab
ilities
of
a cr
ane
□
Tec
hniq
ues
for
accu
rate
ly p
laci
ng load
s
□
Act
ions
required
for
min
imis
ing t
he
swin
gin
g o
f lo
ads
□
Act
ions
required
for
movi
ng load
s th
rough m
achin
e tr
avel
(w
her
e ap
plic
able
)
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Typ
es o
f lif
ting a
cces
sories
com
pat
ible
with c
om
pac
t cr
ane
use
□
Lim
itat
ions
of
slin
gin
g w
ith c
om
pac
t cr
anes
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r lif
ting a
nd/o
r to
win
g
□
Ref
uel
ling p
roce
dure
s
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a co
mpac
t cr
ane
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d m
anoeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d
spac
es
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
5
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lif
ting d
uties
□
Progra
mm
ing/s
etting u
p r
ated
cap
acity
indic
ators
or
load
m
om
ent
indic
ators
for
lifting d
uties
□
Iden
tify
ing w
eights
and c
entr
es o
f gra
vity
□
Dep
loyi
ng o
utr
igger
s to
spec
ific
atio
n
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing load
s an
d lan
din
g a
t m
inim
um
rad
ius
at a
des
ignat
ed
pla
ce
□
Lift
ing a
nd t
rave
lling w
ith load
s an
d lan
din
g a
t a
des
ignat
ed
pla
ce
□
Mak
ing s
afe
all lo
ads
afte
r ea
ch a
ctiv
ity
□
Par
king t
he
mac
hin
e
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
136
Unit 34: Operating a Crusher
Unit reference number: H/503/6413
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating crushers to process materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Crushers are used to break down large rocks into aggregates of specified sizes. Crushers are also used for recycling and disposal of materials. During a crushing operation, sufficient force has to be applied to break or crush the material. Once crushed, the material or aggregate is sorted according to the specified grading. A crusher can be fixed or can be a mobile unit carrying out operations on site.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a crusher. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to crush and sort material and to travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an appreciation of a material’s suitability for crushing. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a crusher, and will be able to demonstrate competence in converting uncrushed material into processed material of a specified grade. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
7
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r tr
avel
(m
obile
units)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round a
nd
leve
l su
rfac
es (
mobile
units)
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
(mobile
units)
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a cr
ush
er
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
crush
ing d
uties
to p
roduce
ag
gre
gat
e to
spec
ifie
d s
izes
□
Pro
cedure
s en
suring s
uitab
ility
of
the
dis
char
ge
area
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
8
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
crush
ing d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
mat
eria
ls
□
Act
ions
required
for
sort
ing m
ater
ials
into
gra
ded
siz
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
contr
olli
ng a
nd m
ainta
inin
g t
he
work
flow
rat
e
□
Appro
priat
e co
mm
unic
atio
n p
roce
dure
s bef
ore
and d
uring
work
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r re
movi
ng b
lock
ages
and f
ore
ign o
bje
cts
□
Cle
anin
g d
ow
n t
he
mac
hin
e an
d w
ork
ing a
rea
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
mobile
units)
□
Tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round a
nd lev
el s
urf
aces
an
d m
anoeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d a
reas
(m
obile
units)
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a cr
ush
er
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Cer
tify
ing t
hat
the
crush
er is
site
d a
ppro
priat
ely
and is
stab
le,
leve
l an
d c
onfigure
d f
or
crush
ing d
uties
□
Ensu
ring d
isch
arge
area
(s)
are
suitab
le
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
13
9
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Ensu
ring t
he
mat
eria
l is
suitab
le f
or
crush
ing a
nd s
etting
the
crush
er f
or
the
giv
en s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Agre
eing t
he
work
pro
cess
and s
ignal
s w
ith o
ther
s in
volv
ed
in t
he
crush
ing p
roce
ss
□
Sta
rtin
g t
he
crush
er a
nd e
ngag
ing a
ll sy
stem
s
□
Conve
rtin
g u
ncr
ush
ed m
ater
ial in
to p
roce
ssed
mat
eria
l of
a sp
ecifie
d g
rade
□
Oper
atin
g t
he
crush
er u
ntil a
stock
pile
is
pro
duce
d t
o
required
hei
ght
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
emer
gen
cy s
top o
f oper
atio
ns
during t
he
crush
ing p
roce
ss
□
Cle
arin
g a
ll m
ater
ial fr
om
the
crush
er a
nd im
med
iate
are
a
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
140
Unit 35: Operating a Screener
Unit reference number: R/503/6441
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating screeners to process materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Screeners are used to sift through material such as gravel, aggregates and topsoil, and sort it according to the required sizes. Screeners are also used for recycling and disposal of materials. A screener can be fixed or can be a mobile unit carrying out operations on site. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a screener. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to screen and sort material and to travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will gain an understanding of how to deal with blockages. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a screener and will be able to demonstrate competence in screening material into three different sizes and forming stockpiles. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
14
1
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r tr
avel
(m
obile
units)
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round a
nd
leve
l su
rfac
es (
mobile
units)
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
(mobile
units)
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a sc
reen
er
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
scre
enin
g d
uties
to p
roduce
ag
gre
gat
e to
spec
ifie
d s
izes
□
Pro
cedure
s en
suring s
uitab
ility
of
the
dis
char
ge
area
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
14
2
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
scre
enin
g d
iffe
ring t
ypes
of
mat
eria
ls
□
Act
ions
required
for
sort
ing m
ater
ials
into
gra
ded
siz
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
contr
olli
ng a
nd m
ainta
inin
g t
he
work
flow
rat
e
□
Appro
priat
e co
mm
unic
atio
n p
roce
dure
s bef
ore
and d
uring
work
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r re
movi
ng b
lock
ages
and f
ore
ign o
bje
cts
□
Cle
anin
g d
ow
n t
he
mac
hin
e an
d w
ork
ing a
rea
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el (
mobile
units)
□
Tra
velli
ng o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round a
nd lev
el s
urf
aces
an
d m
anoeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d a
reas
(m
obile
units)
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a sc
reen
er
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Cer
tify
ing t
hat
the
scre
ener
is
site
d a
ppro
priat
ely
and is
stab
le,
leve
l an
d c
onfigure
d f
or
scre
enin
g d
uties
□
Ensu
ring d
isch
arge
area
(s)
are
suitab
le
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
14
3
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Ensu
ring t
he
mat
eria
l is
suitab
le f
or
scre
enin
g a
nd s
etting
the
scre
ener
for
the
giv
en s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Agre
eing t
he
work
pro
cess
and s
ignal
s w
ith o
ther
s in
volv
ed
in t
he
scre
enin
g p
roce
ss
□
Sta
rtin
g t
he
scre
ener
and e
ngag
ing a
ll sy
stem
s
□
Scr
eenin
g m
ater
ial in
to a
t le
ast
thre
e diffe
rent
size
s
□
Oper
atin
g t
he
scre
ener
until a
stock
pile
is
pro
duce
d t
o
required
hei
ght
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
emer
gen
cy s
top o
f oper
atio
ns
□
Cle
arin
g a
ll m
ater
ial fr
om
the
scre
ener
and im
med
iate
are
a
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
144
Unit 36: Operating a Dragline
Unit reference number: M/503/6432
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating draglines to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A dragline is a piece of heavy equipment used in civil engineering and mining and is considered to be one of the largest pieces of mobile equipment ever built. A dragline is most efficient and is frequently used where excavation is required below the base. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a dragline. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to carry out excavation in various soil types and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will develop an understanding of lifting requirements. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in excavating, stockpiling and placing materials in vehicles or receptacles. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
14
5
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ex
cava
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
exca
vating d
iffe
rent
types
of
exca
vations
in v
ario
us
types
of
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing m
ater
ials
into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Act
ions
required
for
adju
stin
g t
he
tippin
g r
ope
for
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls
□
Lift
ing r
equirem
ents
that
affec
t th
e oper
atio
n o
f a
dra
glin
e
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a dra
glin
e
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
14
6
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, u
p a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe,
pas
sing
thro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
nd t
rave
lling o
ver
rough t
erra
in
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
dra
glin
e fo
r th
e re
leva
nt
work
ac
tivi
ties
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Exc
avat
ing s
oil
and f
orm
ing t
wo s
tock
pile
s
□
Load
ing m
ater
ial in
to a
veh
icle
/rec
epta
cle
□
Par
king t
he
dra
glin
e
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a dra
glin
e
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
147
Unit 37: Operating a Piling Rig – Tripod
Unit reference number: R/503/6455
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a tripod piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A piling rig is used to drill in various types of soil so that piles can be formed. It is generally used for foundation construction in buildings, bridges and so on. It can bore through dry or wet soil and also through rock when an appropriate tool is attached. The tripod rig is lightweight and is suitable for sites with difficult access and low headroom. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a tripod piling rig. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to accurately form piles and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in forming piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
14
8
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
posi
tionin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r drive
n a
nd b
ore
d w
ork
s
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly f
orm
ing b
ore
d p
iles
to
com
ple
tion
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Lift
ing r
equirem
ents
and lim
itat
ions
usi
ng a
tripod p
iling r
ig
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a pili
ng r
ig
– t
ripod
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut-
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
De-
riggin
g t
he
trip
od a
nd p
repar
ing f
or
move
men
t
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a pili
ng r
ig –
tripod
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
14
9
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.2
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g r
ig a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
boring w
ork
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.3
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Form
ing b
ore
d p
iles
to s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Ensu
ring t
he
bore
is
plu
mb t
hro
ughout
the
boring a
ctiv
ity
2.4
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Car
ryin
g o
ut
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Cle
anin
g t
he
area
and d
ism
antlin
g t
he
rig r
eady
for
tran
sport
atio
n
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
150
Unit 38: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Below 15 Tonnes
Unit reference number: Y/503/6439
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a driven piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A driven piling rig is used to drive piles into soil so that buildings and other structures can be supported. Such a rig can use different attachments for drilling depending on the work requirements. This category of rig is light and versatile and can be used over ground with low bearing capacity. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – driven below 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately drive piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in installing displacement piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
15
1
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e re
ady
for
trav
el
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g o
ver
rough,
undula
ting
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
posi
tionin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r drive
n w
ork
s
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly inst
allin
g d
ispla
cem
ent
pile
s to
com
ple
tion
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Lift
ing r
equirem
ents
and lim
itat
ions
usi
ng a
pili
ng r
ig
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a pili
ng r
ig
– d
rive
n b
elow
15
tonnes
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut-
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
De-
riggin
g,
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
15
2
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d n
egotiat
ing r
estr
ictions
and
obst
acle
s
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
rig f
or
drive
n
work
s
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Inst
allin
g g
iven
dis
pla
cem
ent
pile
s to
the
giv
en s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Ensu
ring t
he
bore
is
plu
mb t
hro
ughout
the
boring a
ctiv
ity
□
Configuring t
he
rig f
or
trav
el
□
Park
ing t
he
rig
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a pili
ng r
ig –
drive
n b
elow
15
tonnes
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Car
ryin
g o
ut
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
153
Unit 39: Operating a Piling Rig – Driven Above 15 Tonnes
Unit reference number: J/503/6422
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a driven piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A driven piling rig is used to drive piles into soil so that buildings and other structures can be supported. Such a rig can use different attachments for drilling depending on the work requirements. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – driven above 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately drive piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in installing displacement piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
15
4
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e re
ady
for
trav
el
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g o
ver
rough,
undula
ting
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
posi
tionin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r drive
n w
ork
s
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly inst
allin
g d
ispla
cem
ent
pile
s to
com
ple
tion
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Lift
ing r
equirem
ents
and lim
itat
ions
usi
ng a
pili
ng r
ig
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a pili
ng r
ig
– d
rive
n a
bove
15
tonnes
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut-
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
De-
riggin
g,
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
15
5
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d n
egotiat
ing r
estr
ictions
and
obst
acle
s
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
rig f
or
drive
n
work
s
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Inst
allin
g g
iven
dis
pla
cem
ent
pile
s to
the
giv
en s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Ensu
ring t
he
bore
is
plu
mb t
hro
ughout
the
boring a
ctiv
ity
□
Configuring t
he
rig f
or
trav
el
□
Park
ing t
he
rig
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a pili
ng r
ig –
drive
n a
bove
15
tonnes
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Car
ryin
g o
ut
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
156
Unit 40: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Below 15 Tonnes
Unit reference number: Y/503/6456
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a bored piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A piling rig is used to drill in various types of soil so that piles can be formed. It is generally used for foundation construction in buildings, bridges and so on. It can bore through dry or wet soil, and also through rock when an appropriate tool is attached. This category of rig is light and versatile and can be used over ground with low bearing capacity. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – bored below 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately form piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in forming piles and ensuring that they are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
15
7
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e re
ady
for
trav
el
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g o
ver
rough,
undula
ting
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
posi
tionin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r bore
d w
ork
s
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly f
orm
ing b
ore
d p
iles
to
com
ple
tion
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Lift
ing r
equirem
ents
and lim
itat
ions
usi
ng a
pili
ng r
ig
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a pili
ng r
ig
– b
ore
d b
elow
15
tonnes
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut-
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
De-
riggin
g,
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
15
8
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d n
egotiat
ing r
estr
ictions
and
obst
acle
s
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
rig f
or
bore
d
work
s
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Form
ing b
ore
d p
iles
to s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Ensu
ring t
he
bore
is
plu
mb t
hro
ughout
the
boring a
ctiv
ity
□
Configuring t
he
rig f
or
trav
el
□
Park
ing t
he
rig
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a pili
ng r
ig –
bore
d
bel
ow
15 t
onnes
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Car
ryin
g o
ut
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
159
Unit 41: Operating a Piling Rig – Bored Above 15 Tonnes
Unit reference number: R/503/6438
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for operating a bored piling rig to construct and form in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
A piling rig is used to drill in various types of soil so that piles can be formed. It is generally used for foundation construction in buildings, bridges, and so on. It can bore through dry or wet soil, and also through rock when an appropriate tool is attached. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a piling rig – bored above 15 tonnes. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to accurately form piles and travel over rough terrain and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate the plant and will be able to demonstrate competence in forming piles and ensuring that these are plumb. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards – especially overhead and underground services – to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
16
0
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e re
ady
for
trav
el
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g o
ver
rough,
undula
ting
gro
und
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
posi
tionin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r bore
d w
ork
s
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
accu
rate
ly f
orm
ing b
ore
d p
iles
to
com
ple
tion
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith s
ignal
s an
d inst
ruct
ions
□
Mai
nta
inin
g s
afe
work
ing s
ituat
ions
□
Lift
ing r
equirem
ents
and lim
itat
ions
usi
ng a
pili
ng r
ig
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a pili
ng r
ig
– b
ore
d a
bove
15
tonnes
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut-
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
De-
riggin
g,
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
16
1
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks,
funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d n
egotiat
ing r
estr
ictions
and
obst
acle
s
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
rig f
or
bore
d
work
s
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Form
ing b
ore
d p
iles
to s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Ensu
ring t
he
bore
is
plu
mb t
hro
ughout
the
boring a
ctiv
ity
□
Configuring t
he
rig f
or
trav
el
□
Park
ing t
he
rig
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a pili
ng r
ig –
bore
d
above
15 t
onnes
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Car
ryin
g o
ut
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
162
Unit 42: Operating an Agricultural Tractor
Unit reference number: T/503/6447
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating agricultural-based tractors for construction-related activities in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Agricultural tractors are versatile machines. Though they are used on farms for a range of agricultural tasks, they are also used extensively in construction works. A number of tools and implements can be attached to a tractor, including backhoe loaders and buckets. A tractor can also be used for moving a trailer, for construction, agricultural, or other purposes. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an agricultural tractor. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate an agricultural tractor and will be able to demonstrate competence in attaching, removing and travelling with mounted or power-driven implements. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
16
3
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
site
and h
ighw
ay t
rave
l
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
, w
ith a
nd w
ithout
mounte
d a
nd t
ow
ed im
ple
men
ts
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es,
with
and w
ithout
mounte
d a
nd t
ow
ed im
ple
men
ts
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
ow
ed im
ple
men
ts r
eady
for
work
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
ounte
d im
ple
men
ts r
eady
for
work
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p p
ower
tak
e-off d
rive
s re
ady
for
work
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
an
agricu
ltura
l tr
acto
r
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
oper
atin
g a
mounte
d o
r pow
er-d
rive
n
imple
men
t
□
Rem
ova
l an
d s
tora
ge
of
tow
ed a
nd m
ounte
d im
ple
men
ts
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
16
4
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a w
ith a
tra
iler
and m
ounte
d
imple
men
t, t
rave
lling u
p a
nd d
ow
n a
slo
pe
and o
ver
rough
terr
ain
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
an a
gricu
ltura
l tr
acto
r
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r al
l w
ork
act
ivitie
s
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
16
5
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Att
achin
g a
nd t
rave
lling w
ith t
he
trai
ler,
sto
ppin
g a
nd
rest
arting o
n a
n incl
ine
in t
he
up d
irec
tion,
carr
ying o
ut
shar
p lef
t an
d r
ight-
han
d t
urn
s an
d r
ever
sing into
a
rest
rict
ed s
pac
e; a
fter
com
ple
ting,
dis
connec
ting t
he
trai
ler
within
the
rest
rict
ed a
rea
□
Att
achin
g t
he
3-p
oin
t lin
kage
imple
men
t an
d c
arry
out;
af
ter
com
ple
ting,
dis
connec
t th
e im
ple
men
t
□
Connec
ting t
he
PTO
drive
n im
ple
men
t an
d r
unnin
g t
o f
ull
spee
d t
o e
nsu
re c
orr
ect
funct
ionin
g;
afte
r co
mple
ting,
det
achin
g t
he
PTO
drive
line
□
Leav
ing a
ll im
ple
men
ts,
trai
lers
and c
om
ponen
ts s
afe
and
secu
re
□
Park
ing t
he
trac
tor
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
166
Unit 43: Operating an Industrial Forklift Truck
Unit reference number: F/503/6452
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating industrial counterbalanced forklifts to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
As the name suggests, a forklift consists of two forks to lift and place loads into position. It is a mobile machine and can access hard-to-reach areas. Forklifts generally fall into two categories: industrial and rough terrain. Industrial forklifts are commonly used in warehouses and around loading docks. They have small tyres designed to run on paved surfaces and are usually powered by an electric motor or an internal combustion engine. Some smaller industrial forklifts are powered by an electric motor. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate an industrial forklift truck. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to lift and move loads, travel and manoeuvre through restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate an industrial forklift truck and will be able to demonstrate competence in lifting and placing various loads. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
16
7
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g t
o a
nd m
anoeu
vrin
g in
rest
rict
ed s
pac
es (
with a
nd w
ithout
load
s)
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
lifting a
nd t
ransf
erring d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting a
nd r
emovi
ng v
ario
us
load
s, u
p
to t
he
full
work
ing h
eight
of
the
fork
lift
□
Act
ions
required
for
tran
sfer
ring a
nd p
laci
ng load
s ac
cura
tely
at
giv
en loca
tions
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing a
nd r
emovi
ng load
s fr
om
a
vehic
le
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
and t
idy
work
ing a
reas
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
an
indust
rial
fork
lift
truck
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
16
8
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling in a
n u
nlo
aded
sta
te a
nd w
ith
load
, pas
sing t
hro
ugh a
chic
ane,
exe
cuting f
ull
right-
and
left
-han
d t
urn
s in
forw
ard a
nd r
ever
se d
irec
tion
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling w
ith load
, re
vers
ing in a
str
aight
line
and p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e ru
n
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
lifting a
nd t
ransf
erring d
uties
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
at
hig
h lev
el o
n/i
n a
st
ruct
ure
/sta
ck a
nd m
ovi
ng t
he
fork
lift
away
; re
trie
ving t
he
load
, lo
wer
ing t
o g
round lev
el a
nd p
laci
ng a
t a
giv
en p
oin
t
□
Lift
ing a
nd p
laci
ng 3
load
s onto
a t
ruck
bed
; af
ter
com
ple
ting,
rem
ovi
ng a
ll lo
ads
from
the
truck
bed
□
Sta
ckin
g 3
load
s ve
rtic
ally
on t
op o
f one
anoth
er;
afte
r co
mple
ting,
de-
stac
king a
ll 3 load
s an
d p
laci
ng a
longsi
de
each
oth
er in a
str
aight
line
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
under
cutt
ing w
hen
lifting a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
□
Pla
cing a
ll lo
ads
on t
he
gro
und
□
Par
king t
he
fork
lift
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
an indust
rial
fo
rklif
t tr
uck
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
169
Unit 44: Operating a Reach Truck
Unit reference number: R/503/6424
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating reach trucks to lift and transfer loads in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Lifting and moving loads is an important operation across a range of industrial sectors such as construction and logistics. Reach trucks are commonly used to lift and transport loads in tall shelving structures. Different varieties are available to suit a range of shelf depths. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a reach truck. This includes identifying components and carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a reach truck and will be able to demonstrate competence in picking, lifting and placing loads to and from designated areas. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
0
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r tr
avel
□
Act
ions
required
for
trav
ellin
g t
o a
nd m
anoeu
vrin
g in
rest
rict
ed s
pac
es (
with a
nd w
ithout
load
s)
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
lifting a
nd t
ransf
erring d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
lifting a
nd r
emovi
ng v
ario
us
load
s, u
p
to t
he
full
work
ing h
eight
□
Act
ions
required
for
tran
sfer
ring a
nd p
laci
ng load
s ac
cura
tely
at
giv
en loca
tions
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing a
nd r
emovi
ng load
s fr
om
a
vehic
le
□
Act
ions
required
to m
ainta
in s
afe
and t
idy
work
ing a
reas
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a re
ach
truck
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
□
Rec
har
gin
g p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
1
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling in a
n u
nlo
aded
sta
te a
nd w
ith
load
, pas
sing t
hro
ugh a
chic
ane,
exe
cuting f
ull
right-
and
left
-han
d t
urn
s in
forw
ard a
nd r
ever
se d
irec
tion
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling w
ith load
, re
vers
ing in a
str
aight
line
and p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion a
t th
e en
d o
f th
e ru
n
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r ea
ch lift
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a re
ach t
ruck
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Lift
ing a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
at
hig
h lev
el o
n/i
n a
st
ruct
ure
/sta
ck a
nd m
ovi
ng t
he
mac
hin
e aw
ay;
retr
ievi
ng
the
load
, lo
wer
ing t
o g
round lev
el a
nd p
laci
ng a
t a
giv
en
poin
t
□
Pick
ing a
nd p
laci
ng 3
load
s nex
t to
a g
iven
obje
ct o
r st
ruct
ure
□
Sta
ckin
g 3
load
s ve
rtic
ally
on t
op o
f one
anoth
er (
crea
ting a
3-h
igh load
sta
ck);
aft
er c
om
ple
ting,
de-
stac
king a
ll 3 load
s an
d p
laci
ng a
longsi
de
each
oth
er in a
str
aight
line
□
Car
ryin
g o
ut
under
cutt
ing w
hen
lifting a
nd p
laci
ng a
load
□
Pla
cing a
ll lo
ads
on t
he
gro
und
□
Par
king t
he
fork
lift
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
2
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Rec
har
gin
g p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
173
Unit 45: Operating a Transporter Loader/ Securer STGO
Unit reference number: K/503/6445
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with knowledge and understanding of transporters (STGO) to enable them to carry out loader and securer duties in the movement of loads.
A transporter loader/securer is used for the transportation of plant items to and from a construction site, travelling on public highways. The loads they carry can be either Special Type General Order (STGO) or non-STGO. To put it simply, STGO is an abnormal load and is allowed under special conditions. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a transporter loader/securer STGO. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to set up and configure for lifting and transporting duties and negotiating inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a transporter loader/securer STGO and will be able to demonstrate competence in placing, guiding, securing and removing loads from the transporter. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
4
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks o
n t
he
tran
sport
er a
nd p
rim
e m
ove
r
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te a
nd p
ublic
hig
hw
ay t
rave
l, load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a tr
ansp
ort
er
load
er/s
ecure
r STG
O
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g t
he
area
for
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g d
uties
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lif
ting a
nd
tran
sfer
ring d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
□
Arr
angin
g,
usi
ng a
nd c
om
ply
ing w
ith c
om
munic
atio
n
pro
cedure
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
5
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
load
ing o
r direc
ting a
nd p
osi
tionin
g
diffe
rent
item
s of
pla
nt
on a
nd o
ff a
tra
iler
□
Act
ions
required
for
arra
ngin
g,
secu
ring a
nd m
akin
g r
eady
item
s of
pla
nt
in p
repar
atio
n f
or
trav
el o
n t
he
public
hig
hw
ay
□
Legis
lative
req
uirem
ents
for
tran
sport
ing load
s on t
he
hig
hw
ay
□
Consi
der
atio
ns
required
when
pla
nnin
g a
route
on t
he
public
hig
hw
ay
□
Req
uirem
ents
when
under
taki
ng load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g o
n
the
public
hig
hw
ay
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Road
Tra
ffic
Act
req
uirem
ents
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks o
n t
he
tran
sport
er a
nd p
rim
e m
ove
r
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a tr
ansp
ort
er
load
er/s
ecure
r STG
O
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te a
nd p
ublic
hig
hw
ay t
rave
l, load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g a
rea
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
6
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
tran
sport
er f
or
rece
ivin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng load
s
□
Est
ablis
hin
g t
he
com
munic
atio
n m
ethods
and load
ing
arra
ngem
ents
with t
he
pla
nt
oper
ator
(if
applic
able
)
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Pla
cing o
r guid
ing e
ach load
into
the
tran
sport
er b
ed
□
Posi
tionin
g a
nd s
ecuring a
ll lo
ads
in p
repar
atio
n f
or
trav
el
□
Rem
ovi
ng o
r guid
ing load
s fr
om
the
tran
sport
er
□
Sto
win
g a
ll eq
uip
men
t an
d r
eturn
ing t
he
tran
sport
er t
o t
he
par
k posi
tion
□
Park
ing t
he
tran
sport
er
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
177
Unit 46: Operating a Transporter Loader/ Securer non-STGO
Unit reference number: H/503/6444
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with knowledge and understanding of transporters (non-STGO) to enable them to carry out loader and securer duties in the movement of loads.
A transporter loader/securer is used for the transportation of plant items to and from a construction site, travelling on public highways. The loads these carry can be either Special Type General Order (STGO) or non-STGO. To put it simply, STGO is an abnormal load and is allowed under special conditions. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a transporter loader/securer non-STGO. This includes identifying components, understanding procedures to set up and configure for lifting and transporting duties and negotiating inclines and restricted spaces as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a transporter loader/securer non-STGO and will be able to demonstrate competence in placing, guiding, securing and removing loads from the transporter. The emphasis is on compliance with signals and the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
8
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks o
n t
he
tran
sport
er a
nd p
rim
e m
ove
r
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te a
nd p
ublic
hig
hw
ay t
rave
l, load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a tr
ansp
ort
er
load
er/s
ecure
r non-S
TG
O
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g t
he
area
for
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g d
uties
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lif
ting a
nd
tran
sfer
ring d
uties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
□
Arr
angin
g,
usi
ng a
nd c
om
ply
ing w
ith c
om
munic
atio
n
pro
cedure
s
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
17
9
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
load
ing o
r direc
ting a
nd p
osi
tionin
g
diffe
rent
item
s of
pla
nt
on a
nd o
ff a
tra
iler
□
Act
ions
required
for
arra
ngin
g,
secu
ring a
nd m
akin
g r
eady
item
s of
pla
nt
in p
repar
atio
n f
or
trav
el o
n t
he
public
hig
hw
ay
□
Legis
lative
req
uirem
ents
for
tran
sport
ing load
s on t
he
hig
hw
ay
□
Consi
der
atio
ns
required
when
pla
nnin
g a
route
on t
he
public
hig
hw
ay
□
Req
uirem
ents
when
under
taki
ng load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g o
n
the
public
hig
hw
ay
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Road
Tra
ffic
Act
req
uirem
ents
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks o
n t
he
tran
sport
er a
nd p
rim
e m
ove
r
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a tr
ansp
ort
er
load
er/s
ecure
r non-S
TG
O
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te a
nd p
ublic
hig
hw
ay t
rave
l, load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g a
rea
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
18
0
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Posi
tionin
g,
pre
par
ing a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
tran
sport
er f
or
rece
ivin
g a
nd r
emovi
ng load
s
□
Est
ablis
hin
g t
he
com
munic
atio
n m
ethods
and load
ing
arra
ngem
ents
with t
he
pla
nt
oper
ator
(if
applic
able
)
□
Oper
atin
g n
ear
haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd o
verh
ead
serv
ices
saf
ely
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Pla
cing o
r guid
ing e
ach load
into
the
tran
sport
er b
ed
□
Posi
tionin
g a
nd s
ecuring a
ll lo
ads
in p
repar
atio
n f
or
trav
el
□
Rem
ovi
ng o
r guid
ing load
s fr
om
the
tran
sport
er
□
Sto
win
g a
ll eq
uip
men
t an
d r
eturn
ing t
he
tran
sport
er t
o t
he
par
k posi
tion
□
Park
ing t
he
tran
sport
er
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
181
Unit 47: Operating a Loader Compressor
Unit reference number: A/503/6417
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating loader compressors to extract materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
As the name suggests, loader compressors are used to place materials in transporting vehicles and other receptacles. In addition to the loading function, pneumatic tools can be attached to carry out breaker tasks. This plant plays an important part in moving materials both within and outside construction sites and operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a loader compressor. This includes identifying components and understanding procedures to travel over rough terrain, inclines and restricted spaces, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a loader compressor, and will be able to demonstrate competence in loading a vehicle using materials from a stockpile and spread over an area, as well as in carrying out breaker tasks. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
18
2
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te a
nd h
ighw
ay
trav
el
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round a
nd
leve
l su
rfac
es,
load
ed a
nd u
nlo
aded
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r lo
adin
g d
uties
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
pneu
mat
ic t
ool oper
atio
ns
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
pla
cing m
ater
ials
into
tra
nsp
ort
ing
vehic
les
and r
ecep
tacl
es
□
Proce
dure
s fo
r cl
earing s
pre
ad m
ater
ials
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a lo
ader
co
mpre
ssor
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
18
3
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te a
nd
hig
hw
ay t
rave
l
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a an
d p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
re
strict
ion
□
Rev
ersi
ng t
he
mac
hin
e w
ith a
fully
-load
ed b
uck
et in a
st
raig
ht
line
for
a sp
ecifie
d d
ista
nce
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
load
er c
om
pre
ssor
for
the
rele
vant
work
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a lo
ader
co
mpre
ssor
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Load
ing t
he
vehic
le t
o c
apac
ity
usi
ng m
ater
ial fr
om
a
stock
pile
; af
ter
com
ple
ting,
re-d
eposi
t at
the
origin
al p
lace
an
d s
pre
ad t
he
mat
eria
l
□
Load
ing t
he
vehic
le t
o c
apac
ity
usi
ng t
he
spre
ad m
ater
ial;
af
ter
com
ple
ting,
dep
osi
t m
ater
ial at
the
stock
pile
□
Posi
tionin
g t
he
com
pre
ssor
at a
giv
en p
oin
t an
d p
repar
ing
the
bre
aker
for
work
; te
st r
unnin
g t
he
bre
aker
; af
ter
com
ple
ting,
det
achin
g t
he
bre
aker
fro
m t
he
com
pre
ssor
□
Cle
anin
g a
nd t
idyi
ng t
he
work
are
a
□
Sto
win
g a
ll eq
uip
men
t an
d p
repar
ing t
he
mac
hin
e re
ady
for
tran
sport
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
18
4
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
185
Unit 48: Operating a Soil/ Landfill Compactor
Unit reference number: Y/503/6442
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit aim
This unit provides learners with the knowledge and understanding for preparing and operating soil/landfill compactors to spread and compact materials in the workplace within the relevant sector of industry.
Waste is compacted first within collection vehicles and later on at landfill sites. The primary aim is to reduce the amount of space that the waste occupies. Landfill compactors essentially perform two main tasks: spreading waste evenly and compacting waste to reduce its volume. They are similar to the ride-on rollers used in compaction operations. Operating the plant competently and safely is a valuable skill.
The initial focus of the unit is to provide the underpinning knowledge required to operate a soil/landfill compactor. This includes identifying components and understanding the requirements to spread and compact waste materials, as well as carrying out operational and functional checks. Learners will apply this knowledge to operate a soil/landfill compactor and will be able to demonstrate competence in spreading a dumped load and forming a cover over it. The emphasis is on compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions, safe operation of the machine, dealing with hazards to ensure compliance with acceptable health, safety and welfare practices and completing tasks to given work instructions.
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
18
6
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes,
ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a a
nd
un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
To p
ass
this
unit,
the
lear
ner
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es f
or
the
unit.
The
asse
ssm
ent
criter
ia
det
erm
ine
the
stan
dar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
1.1
Exp
lain
how
to p
repar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prin
cipal
com
ponen
ts,
contr
ols
, m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
and r
elev
ant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
, fu
nct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
1.2
Exp
lain
how
to d
rive
and
man
oeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p m
achin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Pro
cedure
s fo
r tr
avel
ling o
ver
rough,
undula
ting g
round,
subst
antial
incl
ines
and lev
el s
urf
aces
□
Act
ions
required
for
man
oeu
vrin
g in r
estr
icte
d s
pac
es
1.3
Exp
lain
how
to s
et u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p f
or
spre
adin
g a
nd c
om
pac
ting
duties
□
Proce
dure
s to
dea
l w
ith h
azar
ds,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
1.4
Exp
lain
how
to u
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
tas
ks
□
Act
ions
required
for
spre
adin
g a
nd c
om
pac
ting v
ario
us
dis
char
ged
was
te-t
ype
mat
eria
ls t
o s
pec
ific
atio
n
□
Prin
ciple
s of
com
pac
tion a
nd t
he
requirem
ents
and
tech
niq
ues
of
was
te m
ater
ial co
mpac
tion
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
oper
ate
a so
il/la
ndfill
com
pac
tor
1.5
Exp
lain
how
to s
hut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
□
Load
ing a
nd u
nlo
adin
g p
roce
dure
s fo
r m
achin
e tr
ansp
ort
ing
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te S
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
18
7
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Un
it a
mp
lifi
cati
on
2.1
Pr
epar
e th
e m
achin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Com
ply
ing w
ith m
anufa
cture
r’s
requirem
ents
as
per
the
oper
ator’s
han
dbook,
oth
er t
ypes
of
info
rmat
ion a
nd
rele
vant
regula
tions
and leg
isla
tion
□
Pre-
use
chec
ks
□
Funct
ional
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
2.2
D
rive
and m
anoeu
vre
the
mac
hin
e □
Configuring a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r si
te t
rave
l
□
Tra
velli
ng t
o t
he
work
are
a, u
p a
nd d
ow
n t
he
slope
(soil
com
pac
tor
only
), p
assi
ng t
hro
ugh a
res
tric
tion (
in f
orw
ard
and r
ever
se)
and t
rave
lling o
ver
rough t
erra
in
2.3
Set
up t
he
mac
hin
e fo
r w
ork
□
Prep
arin
g a
nd s
etting u
p t
he
com
pac
tor
for
rele
vant
work
ta
sks
□
Oper
atin
g m
achin
e nea
r haz
ards,
under
gro
und a
nd
ove
rhea
d s
ervi
ces
safe
ly
2.4
U
nder
take
the
spec
ifie
d w
ork
ta
sks
□
Spre
adin
g d
um
ped
load
s on t
he
slopin
g f
ace
(lan
dfill
com
pac
tors
) or
on a
lev
el a
rea
(soil
com
pac
tors
)
□
Form
ing a
cove
r ove
r th
e sp
read
mat
eria
l an
d lev
ellin
g
□
Park
ing t
he
com
pac
tor
2
Be
able
to o
per
ate
a so
il/la
ndfill
com
pac
tor
2.5
Shut
dow
n t
he
mac
hin
e □
Shut
dow
n,
isola
tion a
nd s
ecuring p
roce
dure
s
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
188
12 Further information and useful publications
For further information about the qualification featured in this specification, or other Edexcel qualifications, please call Customer Services on 0844 576 0026 (calls may monitored for quality and training purposes) or visit our website (www.edexcel.com).
Related information and publications include:
Equality Policy
Information Manual (updated annually)
Reasonable Adjustment and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications
Recognition of Prior Learning Policy
Quality Assurance Handbook (updated annually).
Publications on the quality assurance of BTEC qualifications are available on our website at www.edexcel.com/quals/BTEC/quality/Pages/documents.aspx.
Our publications catalogue lists all the material available to support our qualifications. To access the catalogue and order publications, please go to www.edexcel.com/resources/publications/home.aspx.
BA030035 – Specification – Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Certificate Specialist qualification in Construction Plant Operations – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
189
13 Professional development and training
Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre.
The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including:
planning for the delivery of a new programme
planning for assessment and grading
developing effective assignments
building your team and teamwork skills
developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches
building functional skills into your programme
building in effective and efficient quality assurance systems.
The national programme of training we offer is on our website www.edexcel.com/training. You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs.
Our customer service numbers are:
BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026
GCSE 0844 576 0027
GCE 0844 576 0025
The Diploma 0844 576 0028
DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031
Edexcel may monitor calls for quality and training purposes.
The training we provide:
is practical – ideas are developed and applied
is designed to be supportive and thought provoking
builds on best practice.
Seb220212\LT\PD\Specialist quals\BA030035 BTEC Level 2 Construction Plant Operations (QCF).doc.1-199/1
BA030035 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te s
pec
ialis
t qual
ific
atio
n in
Const
ruct
ion P
lant
Oper
atio
ns
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
19
0
An
nexe A
Pro
gre
ssio
n o
pp
ort
un
itie
s
Thes
e ar
e ex
ample
s of
pro
gre
ssio
n o
ppor
tunitie
s to
oth
er E
dex
cel qual
ific
atio
ns
within
the
const
ruct
ion s
ecto
r.
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
(GC
SEs,
GC
Es)
B
TEC
Fir
sts/
Nati
on
als
/
Hig
her
Nati
on
als
B
TEC
Sp
eci
ali
st/
P
rofe
ssio
nal q
uali
fica
tio
ns
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
-base
d
qu
ali
fica
tio
ns
5
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5 H
ND
D
iplo
ma
in C
onst
ruct
ion a
nd
the
Built
Envi
ronm
ent
(QCF)
4
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4 H
NC
Dip
lom
a in
Const
ruct
ion a
nd
the
Built
Envi
ronm
ent
(QCF)
W
e hav
e to
o m
any
qual
ific
atio
ns
to lis
t in
this
sp
ace.
Ple
ase
go t
o
ww
w.e
dex
cel.co
m f
or
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
3
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Cer
tifica
te,
Subsi
dia
ry
Dip
lom
a, D
iplo
ma
and
Ext
ended
Dip
lom
a in
Const
ruct
ion a
nd t
he
Built
Envi
ronm
ent
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 A
war
d,
Ext
ended
Cer
tifica
te a
nd
Dip
lom
a in
Const
ruct
ion a
nd
the
Built
Envi
ronm
ent
We
hav
e to
o m
any
qual
ific
atio
ns
to lis
t in
this
sp
ace.
Ple
ase
go t
o
ww
w.e
dex
cel.co
m f
or
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
2
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2
Cer
tifica
te,
Ext
ended
Cer
tifica
te a
nd D
iplo
ma
in
Const
ruct
ion (
QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 A
war
d,
Cer
tifica
te a
nd E
xten
ded
Cer
tifica
te in C
onst
ruct
ion a
nd
the
Built
Envi
ronm
ent
(Cra
ft)
and C
onst
ruct
ion a
nd t
he
Built
Envi
ronm
ent
(Tec
hnic
ian)
We
hav
e to
o m
any
qual
ific
atio
ns
to lis
t in
this
sp
ace.
Ple
ase
go t
o
ww
w.e
dex
cel.co
m f
or
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
Publications Code BA030035 February 2012 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com BTEC is a registered trademark of Pearson Education Limited Pearson Education Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 872828 Registered Office: Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE. VAT Reg No GB 278 537121